AU2001272923A1 - Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses - Google Patents

Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses

Info

Publication number
AU2001272923A1
AU2001272923A1 AU2001272923A AU7292301A AU2001272923A1 AU 2001272923 A1 AU2001272923 A1 AU 2001272923A1 AU 2001272923 A AU2001272923 A AU 2001272923A AU 7292301 A AU7292301 A AU 7292301A AU 2001272923 A1 AU2001272923 A1 AU 2001272923A1
Authority
AU
Australia
Prior art keywords
alkyl
acyl
lower alkyl
pharmaceutically acceptable
compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
AU2001272923A
Inventor
Paolo La Colla
Jean-Pierre Sommadossi
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Universita degli Studi di Cagliari
Idenix Cayman Ltd
Original Assignee
Universita degli Studi di Cagliari
Novirio Pharmaceuticals Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=26902464&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=AU2001272923(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Universita degli Studi di Cagliari, Novirio Pharmaceuticals Ltd filed Critical Universita degli Studi di Cagliari
Publication of AU2001272923A1 publication Critical patent/AU2001272923A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • A61K31/7072Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid having two oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. uridine, uridylic acid, thymidine, zidovudine
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16Purine radicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/7056Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing five-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7076Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/19Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A61K38/21Interferons [IFN]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/12Antidiarrhoeals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06Pyrimidine radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06Pyrimidine radicals
    • C07H19/073Pyrimidine radicals with 2-deoxyribosyl as the saccharide radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06Pyrimidine radicals
    • C07H19/10Pyrimidine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16Purine radicals
    • C07H19/20Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/23Heterocyclic radicals containing two or more heterocyclic rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system, not provided for in groups C07H19/14 - C07H19/22
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Description

METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATING FLAVIVIRUSES AND PESTIVIRUSES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention is in the area of pharmaceutical chemistry, and in particular, is a compound, method and composition for the treatment of flaviviruses and pestiviruses. This application claims priority to U.S. provisional application no. 60/207,674, filed on May 26, 2000 and U.S. provisional application no. 60/283,276, filed on April 11, 2001.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Pestiviruses and flaviviruses belong to the Flaviviridae family of viruses along with hepatitis C virus. The pestivirus genus includes bovine viral diarrhea virus (BNDV), classical swine fever virus (CSFN, also called hog cholera virus) and border disease virus (BDN) of sheep (Moennig, N. et al. Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98). Pestivirus infections of domesticated livestock (cattle, pigs and sheep) cause significant economic losses worldwide. BNDV causes mucosal disease in cattle and is of significant economic importance to the livestock industry (Meyers, G. and Thiel, H.-J., Advances in Virus Research, 1996, 47, 53- 118; Moennig V., et al, Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98).
Human pestiviruses have not been as extensively characterized as the animal pestiviruses. However, serological surveys indicate considerable pestivirus exposure in humans. Pestivirus infections in man have been implicated in several diseases including congenital brain injury, infantile gastroenteritis and chronic diarrhea in human immunodeficiency virus (HIN) positive patients. M. Giangaspero et al., Arch. Virol. Suppl., 1993, 7, 53-62; M. Giangaspero et al., Int. J. Std. Aids, 1993, 4 (5): 300-302.
The flavivirus genus includes more than 68 members separated into groups on the basis of serological relatedness (Calisher et al., J Gen. Virol, 1993, 70, 37-43). Clinical symptoms vary and include fever, encephalitis and hemorrhagic fever. Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. Ν., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P. M., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, PA, 1996, Chapter 31, 931-959. Flaviviruses of global concern that are associated with human disease include the dengue hemorrhagic fever viruses (DHF), yellow fever virus, shock syndrome and Japanese encephalitis virus. Halstead, S. B., Rev. Infect. Dis., 1984, 6, 251-264; Halstead, S. B., Science, 239:476-481, 1988; Monath, T. P., New Eng. J. Med., 1988, 319, 641-643.
Examples of antiviral agents that have been identified as active against the flavivirus or pestiviruses include:
(1) interferon and ribavirin (Battaglia, A.M. et al., Ann. Pharmacother, 2000,. 34, 487- 494); Berenguer, M. et al. Antivir. Ther., 1998, 3 (Suppl. 3), 125-136);
(2) Substrate-based NS3 protease inhibitors (Attwood et al, Antiviral peptide derivatives, PCT WO 98/22496, 1998; Attwood et al, Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 1999, 10, 259-273; Attwood et al, Preparation and use of amino acid derivatives as anti-viral agents, German Patent Pub. DE 19914474; Tung et al. Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease, PCT WO 98/17679), including alphaketoamides and hydrazinoureas, and inhibitors that terminate in an electrophile such as a boronic acid or phosphonate (Llinas-Brunet et al, Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogues, PCT WO 99/07734).
(3) Non-substrate-based inhibitors such as 2,4,6-trihydroxy-3-nitro-benzamide derivatives (Sudo K. et al, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 1997, 238, 643-647; Sudo K. et al. Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy, 1998, 9, 186), including RD3-4082 and RD3-4078, the former substituted on the amide with a 14 carbon chain and the latter processing apara- phenoxyphenyl group;
(4) Thiazolidine derivatives which show relevant inhibition in a reverse-phase HPLC assay with an NS3/4A fusion protein and NS5A/5B substrate (Sudo K. et al, Antiviral Research, 1996, 32, 9-18), especially compound RD-1-6250, possessing a fused cinnamoyl moiety substituted with a long alkyl chain, RD4 6205 and RD4 6193;
(5) Thiazolidines and benzanilides identified in Kakiuchi N. et al. J. EBS Letters 421, 217-220; Takeshita N. et al. Analytical Biochemistry, 1997, 247, 242-246;
(6) A phenan-threnequinone possessing activity against protease in a SDS-PAGE and autoradiography assay isolated from the fermentation culture broth of Streptomyces sp., Sch 68631 (Chu M. et al, Tetrahedron Letters, 1996, 37, 7229-7232), and Sch 351633, isolated from the fungus Penicillium griscofuluum, which demonstrates activity in a scintillation proximity assay (Chu M. et al, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 9, 1949-1952);
(7) Selective NS3 inhibitors based on the macromolecule elgin c, isolated from leech (Qasim M.A. et al, Biochemistry, 1997, 36, 1598-1607); (8) Helicase inhibitors (Diana G.D. et al, Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C, U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,358; Diana G.D. et al, Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis C, PCT WO 97/36554);
(9) Polymerase inhibitors such as nucleotide analogues, gliotoxin (Ferrari R. et al. Journal of Virology, 1999, 73, 1649-1654), and the natural product cerulenin
(Lohmann V. et al, Virology, 1998, 249, 108-118);
(10) Antisense phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides (S-ODN) complementary to sequence stretches in the 5' non-coding region (NCR) of the virus (Alt M. et al, Hepatology, 1995, 22, 707-717), or nucleotides 326-348 comprising the 3' end of the NCR and nucleotides 371-388 located in the core coding region of the JJCN
RΝA (Alt M. et al, Archives of Virology, 1997, 142, 589-599; Galderisi U. et al, Journal of Cellular Physiology, 1999, 181, 251-257);
(11) Inhibitors of JRES-dependent translation (Ikeda Ν et al, Agent for the prevention and treatment of hepatitis C, Japanese Patent Pub. JP-08268890; Kai Y. et al. Prevention and treatment of viral diseases, Japanese Patent Pub. JP-10101591);
(12) Nuclease-resistant ribozymes (Maccjak, D. J. et al, Hepatology 1999, 30, abstract 995); and
(13) Other miscellaneous compounds including 1-amino-alkylcyclohexanes (U.S. Patent No. 6,034,134 to Gold et al), alkyl lipids (U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), vitamin E and other antioxidants (U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,757 to
Chojkier et al), squalene, amantadine, bile acids (U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,964 to Ozeki et al), N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid, (U.S. Pat. No. 5,830,905 to Diana et al), benzenedicarboxamides (U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,388 to Diana et al), polyadenylic acid derivatives (U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,546 to Wang et al), 2',3'- dideoxyinosine (U.S. Pat. No. 5,026,687 to Yarchoan et α/.), and benzimidazoles
(U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,874 to Colacino et al). hi view of the severity of diseases associated with pestiviruses and flaviviruses, and their pervasiveness in animal and man, it is an object of the present invention to provide a compound, method and composition for the treatment of a host infected with flavivirus or pestivirus.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Compounds, methods and compositions for the treatment of a host infected with a flavivirus or pestivirus infection are described that includes an effective treatment amount of a 3-D- or -L-nucleoside of the Formulas (I) - (XVIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
In a first principal embodiment, a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(I) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a second principal embodiment, a compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(II) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabihzed phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). hi a third principal embodiment, a compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(III) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including onophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a fourth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a fifth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(V) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R 1 , τ R.2 or R is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a sixth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(VI) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). hi a seventh principal embodiment, a compound selected from Formulas Nil, VIII and IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3) chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a eighth principal embodiment, a compound of Formulas X, XI and XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(X) (XI) (XII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a ninth principal embodiment a compound selected from Formulas XIII, XIV and XV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(XIII) (XIV) (XV) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a tenth principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVI) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
• . 1 group which when admimstered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R or R is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower allcyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a eleventh principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R2 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; 7 0 9
R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In an twelfth principal embodiment, the invention provides a compound of Formula XVIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(xviπ) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
1 9
R and R independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R2 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(lower- alkyl)amino;
R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a pi bond;
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
The /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides of this invention may inhibit flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase activity. These nucleosides can be assessed for their ability to inhibit flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase activity in vitro according to standard screening methods. i one embodiment the efficacy of the anti-flavivirus or pestivirus compound is measured according to the concentration of compound necessary to reduce the plaque number ofthe virus in vitro, according to methods set forth more particularly herein, by 50% (i.e. the compound's EC50). hi preferred embodiments the compound exhibits an EC50 of less than 15 or preferably, less than 10 micromolar in vitro.
In another embodiment, the active compound can be administered in combination or alternation with another anti-flavivirus or pestivirus agent. In combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more agents are administered together, whereas during alternation therapy an effective dosage of each agent is administered serially. The dosages will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens and schedules should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration ofthe compositions.
HCV is a member ofthe Flaviviridae family; however, now, HCV has been placed in a new monotypic genus, hepacivirus. Therefore, in one embodiment, the flavivirus or pestivirus is not HCV.
Nonlimiting examples of antiviral agents that can be used in combination with the compounds disclosed herein include: (1) an interferon and/or ribavirin (Battaglia, A.M. et al, Ann. Pharmacother. 34:487- 494, 2000); Berenguer, M. et al. Antivir. Ther. 3(Supρl. 3):125-136, 1998);
(2) Substrate-based NS3 protease inhibitors (Attwood et al, Antiviral peptide derivatives, PCT WO 98/22496, 1998; Attwood et al, Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 10.259-273, 1999; Attwood et al, Preparation and use of amino acid derivatives as anti-viral agents, German Patent Publication DE 19914474; Tung et al. Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease, PCT WO 98/17679), including alphaketoamides and hydrazinoureas, and inhibitors that terminate in an electrophile such as a boronic acid or phosphonate. Llinas-Brunet et al, Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogues, PCT WO 99/07734.
(3) Non-substrate-based inhibitors such as 2,4,6-trihydroxy-3-nitro-benzamide derivatives(Sudo K. et al, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 238:643- 647, 1997; Sudo K. et al. Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 9:186, 1998), including RD3-4082 and RD3-4078, the former substituted on the amide with a 14 carbon chain and the latter processing a αr -phenoxyphenyl group;
(4) Thiazolidine derivatives which show relevant inhibition in a reverse-phase HPLC assay with an NS3/4A fusion protein and NS5A/5B substrate (Sudo K. et al, Antiviral Research 32:9-18, 1996), especially compound RD-1-6250, possessing a fused cinnamoyl moiety substituted with a long alkyl chain, RD4 6205 and RD4 6193;
(5) Thiazolidines and benzanilides identified in Kakiuchi N. et al. J. EBS Letters 421:217-220; Takeshita N. et al Analytical Biochemistry 247:242-246, 1997;
(6) A phenan-threnequinone possessing activity against protease in a SDS-PAGE and autoradiography assay isolated from the fermentation culture broth of Streptomyces sp., Sch 68631 (Chu M. et al, Tetrahedron Letters 37:7229-7232, 1996), and Sch 351633, isolated from the fungus Penicillium griscofuluum, which demonstrates activity in a scintillation proximity assay (Chu M. et al, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 9:1949-1952);
(7) Selective NS3 inhibitors based on the macromolecule elgin c, isolated from leech (Qasim M.A. et al, Biochemistry 36:1598-1607 ', 1997);
(8) Helicase inhibitors (Diana G.D. et al, Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C, U.S. Patent No. 5,633,358; Diana G.D. et al, Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis C, PCT WO 97/36554); (9) Polymerase inhibitors such as nucleotide analogues, gliotoxin (Ferrari R. et al. Journal of Virology 73:1649-1654, 1999), and the natural product cerulenin (Lohmann V. et al, Virology 249:108-118, 1998);
(10) Antisense phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides (S-ODN) complementary to sequence stretches in the 5' non-coding region (NCR) of the virus (Alt M. et al, Hepatology 22:707-717, 1995), or nucleotides 326-348 comprising the 3' end ofthe NCR and nucleotides 371-388 located in the core coding region of the IICV RNA (Alt M. et al, Archives of Virology 142:589-599, 1997; Galderisi U et al, Journal of Cellular Physiology 181:251-257, 1999);
(11) Inhibitors of IRES-dependent translation (Ikeda N et al, Agent for the prevention and treatment of hepatitis C, Japanese Patent Publication JP-08268890; Kai Y. et al. Prevention and treatment of viral diseases, Japanese Patent Publication JP-10101591);
(12) Nuclease-resistant ribozymes. (Maccjak D.J. et al, Hepatology 30 abstract 995, 1999); and
(13) Other miscellaneous compounds including 1-amino-alkylcyclohexanes (U.S. Patent No. 6,034,134 to Gold et al), alkyl lipids (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), vitamin E and other antioxidants (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), squalene, amantadine, bile acids (U.S. Patent No. 5,846,964 to Ozelci et al), N- (phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid, (U.S. Patent No. 5,830,905 to Diana et al), benzenedicarboxamides (U.S. Patent No. 5,633,388 to Diana et al), polyadenylic acid derivatives (U.S. Patent No. 5,496,546 to Wang et al), 2',3'-dideoxyinosine (U.S. Patent No. 5,026,687 to Yarchoan et al.), and benzimidazoles (U.S. Patent No. 5,891,874 to Colacino et al).
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 provides the structure ofvarious non-limiting examples of nucleosides ofthe present invention, as well as other known nucleosides, FIAU and Ribavirin, which are used as comparative examples in the text.
Figure 2 is a line graph of the pharmacokinetics (plasma concentrations) of β-D-2'- CH3-riboG administered to Cynomolgus Monkeys over time after administration. Figure 3a and 3b are line graphs of the pharmacokinetics (plasma concentrations) of β-D-2'-CH3-riboG administered to Cynomolgus Monkeys either intravenously (3a) or orally (3b) over time after administration.
Figure 4 depicts line graphs of the results of the cell protection assay of β-D-2'-CH3- riboG against BVDV.
Figure 5 depicts line graphs of the results of the cell protection assay of ribavirin against BVDV.
Figure 6 are line graphs of the cell protection assay of β-D-2'-CH3-riboG, β-D-2'- CH3-riboC, β-D-2'-CH3-riboU, β-D-2'-CH3-riboA and ribavirin.
Figure 7 are line graphs of the results of the plaque reduction assay for β-D-2'-CH3- riboU, β-D-2'-CH3-riboC and β-D-2'-CH3-riboG.
Figure 8 is an illustration of plaque reduction based on increasing concentrations of β-D-2'-CH3-riboU.
Figure 9 is a line graph of the results of the yield reduction assay for β-D-2'-CH3- riboG, depicting a 4 log reduction at 9 μM.
Figure 10 is an illustration of the yield reduction based on increasing concentrations of β-D-2'-CH3-riboC.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The invention as disclosed herein is a compound, method and composition for the treatment of pestiviruses and flaviviruses in humans and other host animals, that includes the administration of an effective flavivirus or pestivirus treatment amount of an /3-D- or β-L- nucleoside as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compounds of this invention either possess antiviral (i.e., anti-flavivirus or pestivirus) activity, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits such activity. hi summary, the present invention includes the following features:
(a) /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides, as described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof; (b) /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides as described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection, especially in individuals diagnosed as having a flavivirus or pestivirus infection or being at risk for becoming infected by flavivirus or pestivirus;
(c) use of these /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection;
(d) pharmaceutical formulations comprising the /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent;
(e) /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides as described herein substantially in the absence of enantiomers of the described nucleoside, or substantially isolated from other chemical entities;
(f) processes for the preparation of /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides, as described in more detail below; and
(g) processes for the preparation of /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides substantially in the absence of enantiomers of the described nucleoside, or substantially isolated from other chemical entities.
Flaviviruses included within the scope of this invention are discussed generally in Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. N., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P. M., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, PA, Chapter 31, 1996. Specific flaviviruses include, without limitation: Absettarov, Alfuy, Apoi, Aroa, Bagaza, Banzi, Bouboui, Bussuquara, Cacipacore, Carey Island, Dakar bat, Dengue 1, Dengue 2, Dengue 3, Dengue 4, Edge Hill, Entebbe bat, Gadgets Gully, Hanzalova, Hypr, Ilheus, Israel turkey meningoencephalitis, Japanese encephalitis, Jugra, Jutiapa, Kadam, Karshi, Kedougou, Kokobera, Koutango, Kumlinge, Kunjin, Kyasanur Forest disease, Langat, Louping ill, Meaban, Modoc, Montana myotis leukoencephalitis, Murray valley encephalitis, Naranjal, Negishi, Ntaya, Omsk hemorrhagic fever, Phnom-Penh bat, Powassan, Rio Bravo, Rocio, Royal Farm, Russian spring-summer encephalitis, Saboya, St. Louis encephalitis, Sal Vieja, San Perlita, Sau arez Reef, Sepik, Sokuluk, Spondweni, Stratford, Tembusu, Tyuleniy, Uganda S, Usutu, Wesselsbron, West Nile, Yaounde, Yellow fever, and Zika. Pestiviruses included within the scope of this invention are discussed generally in Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. N., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P. M., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, PA, Chapter 33, 1996. Specific pestiviruses include, without limitation: bovine viral diarrhea virus ("BVDV"), classical swine fever virus ("CSFV," also called hog cholera virus), and border disease virus ("BDV").
I. Active Compound, and Physiologically Acceptable Salts and Prodrugs Thereof
In a first principal embodiment, a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(I) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate;
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H;
X2 is H orNH2; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH2 or OH.
In a second principal embodiment, a compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(II) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H;
X2 is H or NH2; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH2 or OH.
In a third principal embodiment, a compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(III) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
• • 1 9 group which when admimstered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 and X2 are mdependently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H;
X2 is H or NH2; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH2 or OH.
In a fourth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(TV) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group
1 " which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R is independently H or phosphate;
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
1 9 "
R , R and R are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H or CH3; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH2 or OH. hi a fifth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(V) wherein:
1 9 "
R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H or CH3; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH or OH.
In a sixth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(VI) wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate; and
Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO- alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR5; and
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
In a preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate (preferably H);
X1 is H or CH3; and Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, NH or OH.
In a seventh principal embodiment, a compound selected from Formulas VII, VIII and IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(VII) (VIII) (IX) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving
1 9 group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R or R is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3) chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula VII, VIII or IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula VII, VIII or IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogens;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula VII, NIII or IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R is alkyl; and
X is O.
In a eighth principal embodiment, a compound of Formula X, XI or XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(X) (XI) (XII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R3 is independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(loweralkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula X, XI or XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula X, XI or XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogens;
R6is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula X, XI or XII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O. In even more preferred subembodfments, a compound of Formula XI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided:
(XI) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; optionally substituted with an amine or cyclopropyl (e.g., 2-amino, 2,6-diamino or cyclopropyl guanosine); and
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo i ■s capable of provi •ding a compound wherein R 1 or R9 is independently H or phosphate.
In a ninth principal embodiment a compound selected from Formula XIII, XIV or XV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided:
(XIII) (XIV) (XV) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 or R is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl) ; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XIII, XIN or XV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XIII, XIV or XV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogens;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XIII, XIV or XN, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, is provided wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1, R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or phosphate;
R6 is alkyl; and
X is O. In a tenth principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVI) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2;
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a fourth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R and R are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a fifth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR1; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH .
In a sixth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a seventh preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O. hi a eighth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when admimstered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a ninth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a tenth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R are independently OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O- alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O. hi an eleventh preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a twelfth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2. hi a thirteenth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or
1 f pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R is independently H or phosphate; (3) R is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a fourteenth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O.
In even more prefened subembodiments, a compound of Formula XVI, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is guanine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is cytosine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is thymine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is uracil; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is phosphate; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is ethyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) Rδ is propyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is butyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 is hydrogen and R9 is hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is S;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is SO2;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 and R10 are hydrogen; and (6) X is CH2;
In a eleventh principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 is H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2;
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl) ;
R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond; and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)- amino; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)- amino; (5) R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a fourth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a fifth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharaiaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a sixth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is mdependently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7
0 9 and R are independently hydrogen, OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O.
In a seventh preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O.
In an eighth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)-amino; (5) R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a ninth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a tenth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R10 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2. hi even more preferred subembodiments, a compound of Formula XVII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which:
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is guanine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is cytosine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is thymine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is uracil; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is phosphate; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is ethyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O; (1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is propyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is butyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is S;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is SO2; or
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R10 is hydrogen; and (6) X is CH2.
In an twelfth principal embodiment the invention provides a compound of Formula XVIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
(XVIII) wherein:
Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), - N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, lower alkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino;
R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a pi bond;
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a first preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a second preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di-(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. hi a third preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(lower-alkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO , amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a fourth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO , amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a fifth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XNTfl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a sixth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharaiaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; and (6) X is O.
In a seventh preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7
0 9 and R are independently hydrogen, OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br- vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O.
In an eighth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, hydroxy, O-alkyl, O-alkenyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino or di(loweralkyl)amino; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
In a ninth preferred subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R1 is independently H or phosphate; (3) R6 is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
In a tenth prefened subembodiment, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which: (1) Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; (2) R is independently H or phosphate; (3) R is alkyl; (4) R7 and R9 are independently OR2; (5) R8 is H; and (6) X is O. i even more prefened subembodiments, a compound of Formula XVIII, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, is provided in which:
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is guanine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O; (1) Base is cytosine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is thymine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is uracil; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5)
R is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is phosphate; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is ethyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is propyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is butyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is O;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is S;
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is SO2; or
(1) Base is adenine; (2) R1 is hydrogen; (3) R6 is methyl; (4) R7 and R9 are hydroxyl; (5) R8 is hydrogen; and (6) X is CH2.
The /3-D- and /3-L-nucleosides of this invention belong to a class, of anti-flavivirus or pestivirus agents that may inhibit flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase activity. Nucleosides can be screened for their ability to inhibit flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase activity in vitro according to screening methods set forth more particularly herein. One can readily determine the spectrum of activity by evaluating the compound in the assays described herein or with another confirmatory assay.
In one embodiment the efficacy of the anti-flavivirus or pestivirus compound is measured according to the concentration of compound necessary to reduce the plaque number ofthe virus in vitro, according to methods set forth more particularly herein, by 50% (i.e. the compound's EC50). hi preferred embodiments the compound exhibits an EC50 of less than 15 or 10 micromolar. HCV is a member ofthe Flaviviridae family; however, now, HCV has been placed in a new monotypic genus, hepacivirus. Therefore, in one embodiment, the flavivirus or pestivirus is not HCV.
The active compound can be administered as any salt or prodrug that upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing directly or indirectly the parent compound, or that exhibits activity itself. Nonlimiting examples are the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (alternatively refened to as "physiologically acceptable salts"), and a compound, which has been alkylated or acylated at the 5 '-position, or on the purine or pyrimidine base (a type of "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug"). Further, the modifications can affect the biological activity ofthe compound, in some cases increasing the activity over the parent compound. This can easily be assessed by preparing the salt or prodrug and testing its antiviral activity according to the methods described herein, or other methods known to those skilled in the art.
II. Definitions
The term alkyl, as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic, primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon of typically to C10, and specifically includes methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkyl groups. Moieties with which the alkyl group can be substituted are selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, hereby incorporated by reference.
The term lower alkyl, as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a to C4 saturated straight, branched, or if appropriate, a cyclic (for example, cyclopropyl) alkyl group, including both substituted and unsubstituted forms. Unless otherwise specifically stated in this application, when alkyl is a suitable moiety, lower alkyl is preferred. Similarly, when alkyl or lower alkyl is a suitable moiety, unsubstituted alkyl or lower alkyl is prefened.
The term alkylamino or arylamino refers to an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively. The term "protected" as used herein and unless otherwise defined refers to a group that is added to an oxygen, nitrogen, or phosphorus atom to prevent its further reaction or for other purposes. A wide variety of oxygen and nitrogen protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
The term aryl, as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl, and preferably phenyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The temi alkaryl or alkylaryl refers to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent. The term aralkyl or arylalkyl refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent.
The term halo, as used herein, includes chloro, bromo, iodo, and fluoro.
The term purine or pyrimidine base includes, but is not limited to, adenine, N - alkylpurines, N6-acylpurines (wherein acyl is C(O)(alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl), N6- benzylpurine, N6-halopurine, N6-vinylpurine, N6-acetylenic purine, N6-acyl purine,
N -hydroxyalkyl purine, N -thioalkyl purine, N -alkylpurines, N -alkyl-6-thiopurines, thymine, cytosine, 5-fluorocytosine, 5-methylcytosine, 6-azapyrimidine, including 6- azacytosine, 2- and/or 4-mercaptopyrmidine, uracil, 5-halouracil, including 5-fluorouracil, C5-alkylpyrimidines, C5-benzylpyrimidines, C5-halopyrimidines, C5-vinylpyrimidine, C5- acetylenic pyrimidine, C5-acyl pyrimidine, C5-hydroxyalkyl purine, C5-amidoρyrimidine, C5- cyanopyrimidine, C5-nitropyrimidine, C5-aminopyrimidine, N2-alkylpurines, N2-alkyl-6- thiopurines, 5-azacytidinyl, 5-azauracilyl, triazolopyridinyl, imidazolopyridinyl, pynolopyrimidinyl, and pyrazolo-pyrimidinyl. Purine bases include, but are not limited to, guanine, adenine, hypoxanthine, 2,6-diaminopurine, and 6-chloropurine. Functional oxygen and nitrogen groups on the base can be protected as necessary or desired. Suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, and include tnmethylsilyl, dimethylhexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl and t-butyldiphenylsilyl, trityl, alkyl groups, and acyl groups such as acetyl and propionyl, methanesulfonyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl. Alternatively, the purine or pyrimidine base can optionally substituted such that it forms a viable prodrug, which can be cleaved in vivo. Examples of appropriate substituents include acyl moiety, an amine or cyclopropyl (e.g., 2-amino, 2,6-diamino or cyclopropyl guanosine).
The term acyl refers to a carboxylic acid ester in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the ester group is selected from straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl or lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aralkyl including benzyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl, aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, to C4 alkyl or C\ to C alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxytrityl, substituted benzyl, trialkylsilyl (e.g. dimethyl- t-butylsilyl) or diphenylmethylsilyl. Aryl groups in the esters optimally comprise a phenyl group. The term "lower acyl" refers to an acyl group in which the non-carbonyl moiety is lower alkyl.
As used herein, the term "substantially free of or "substantially in the absence of refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85 or 90% by weight, preferably 95% to 98 % by weight, and even more preferably 99% to 100% by weight, of the designated enantiomer of that nucleoside. In a preferred embodiment, in the methods and compounds of this invention, the compounds are substantially free of enantiomers.
Similarly, the term "isolated" refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85 or 90% by weight, preferably 95% to 98 % by weight, and even more preferably 99% to 100% by weight, of the nucleoside, the remainder comprising other chemical species or enantiomers.
The term "independently" is used herein to indicate that the variable, which is independently applied, varies independently from application to application. Thus, in a compound such as R"XYR", wherein R" is "independently carbon or nitrogen," both R" can be carbon, both R" can be nitrogen, or one R" can be carbon and the other R" nitrogen.
The terai host, as used herein, refers to an unicellular or multicellular organism in which the virus can replicate, including cell lines and animals, and preferably a human. Alternatively, the host can be carrying a part of the flavivirus or pestivirus genome, whose replication or function can be altered by the compounds of the present invention. The term host specifically refers to infected cells, cells transfected with all or part of the flavivirus or pestivirus genome and animals, in particular, primates (including chimpanzees) and humans. In most animal applications ofthe present invention, the host is a human patient. Veterinary applications, in certain indications, however, are clearly anticipated by the present invention (such as chimpanzees).
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug" is used throughout the specification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable form (such as an ester, phosphate ester, salt of an ester or a related group) of a nucleoside compound which, upon administration to a patient, provides the nucleoside compound. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and acids. Suitable salts include those derived from alkali metals such as potassium and sodium, alkaline earth metals such as calcium and magnesium, among numerous other acids well known in the pharmaceutical art. Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs refer to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host to form the compound of the present invention. Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound. Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, dephosphorylated to produce the active compound. The compounds of this invention possess antiviral activity against flavivirus or pestivirus, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits such activity.
III. Nucleotide Salt or Prodrug Formulations
In cases where compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compound as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be appropriate. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed with acids, which form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, - ketoglutarate, and α-glycerophosphate. Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion. Alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (for example calcium) salts of carboxylic acids can also be made. Any of the nucleosides described herein can be administered as a nucleotide prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailabihty, stability or otherwise alter the properties of the nucleoside. A number of nucleotide prodrug ligands are known. In general, alkylation, acylation or other lipophilic modification of the mono, di or triphosphate of the nucleoside will increase the stability of the nucleotide. Examples of substituent groups that can replace one or more hydrogens on the phosphate moiety are alkyl, aryl, steroids, carbohydrates, including sugars, 1,2-diacylglycerol and alcohols. Many are described in R. Jones and N. Bischofberger, Antiviral Research, 27 (1995) 1-17. Any of these can be used in combination with the disclosed nucleosides to achieve a desired effect.
The active nucleoside can also be provided as a 5'-phosphoether lipid or a 5 '-ether lipid, as disclosed in the following references, which are incorporated by reference herein: Kucera, L.S., N. Iyer, E. Leake, A. Raben, Modest E.K., D.L.W., and C. Piantadosi, "Novel membrane-interactive ether lipid analogs that inhibit infectious H1N-1 production and induce defective virus formation," AIDS Res. Hum. Retro Viruses, 1990, 6, 491-501; Piantadosi, C, J. Marasco C.J., S.L. Morris-Νatschke, K.L. Meyer, F. Gumus, J.R. Surles, K.S. Ishaq, L.S. Kucera, Ν. Iyer, CA. Wallen, S. Piantadosi, and E.J. Modest, "Synthesis and evaluation of novel ether lipid nucleoside conjugates for anti-HIV activity," J. Med. Chem., 1991, 34, 1408-1414; Hosteller, K.Y., D.D. Richman, D.A. Carson, L.M. Stuhmiller, G.M. T. van Wijk, and H. van den Bosch, "Greatly enhanced inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 replication in CEM and HT4-6C cells by 3'-deoxythymidine diphosphate dimyristoylglycerol, a lipid prodrug of 3,-deoxythymidine," Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., 1992, 36, 2025-2029; Hosetler, K.Y., L.M. Stuhmiller, H.B. Lenting, H. van den Bosch, and D.D. Richman, "Synthesis and antiretroviral activity of phospholipid analogs of azidothymidine and other antiviral nucleosides." J. Biol. Chem., 1990, 265, 61127.
Nonlimiting examples of U.S. patents that disclose suitable lipophilic substituents that can be covalently incorporated into the nucleoside, preferably at the 5' -OH position of the nucleoside or lipophilic preparations, include U.S. Patent Nos. 5,149,794 (Sep. 22, 1992, Yatvin et al); 5,194,654 (Mar. 16, 1993, Hostetler et al, 5,223,263 (June 29, 1993, Hostetler et al.); 5,256,641 (Oct. 26, 1993, Yatvin et al.); 5,411,947 (May 2, 1995, Hostetler et al.); 5,463,092 (Oct. 31, 1995, Hostetler et al); 5,543,389 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al.); 5,543,390 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al); 5,543,391 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al.); and 5,554,728 (Sep. 10, 1996; Basava et al.), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Foreign patent applications that disclose lipophilic substituents that can be attached to the nucleosides ofthe present invention, or lipophilic preparations, include WO 89/02733, WO 90/00555, W0 91/16920, W0 91/18914, W0 93/00910, W0 94/26273, WO 96/15132, EP 0 350 287, EP 93917054.4, and WO 91/19721.
IV. Combination and Alternation Therapy
It has been recognized that drug-resistant variants of viruses can emerge after prolonged treatment with an antiviral agent. Drug resistance most typically occurs by mutation of a gene that encodes for an enzyme used in viral replication. The efficacy of a drug against flavivirus or pestivirus infection can be prolonged, augmented, or restored by administering the compound in combination or alternation with a second, and perhaps third, antiviral compound that induces a different mutation from that caused by the principle drug. Alternatively, the pharmacokinetics, biodistribution or other parameter of the drug can be altered by such combination or alternation therapy. In general, combination therapy is typically preferred over alternation therapy because it induces multiple simultaneous stresses on the virus.
Nonlimiting examples of antiviral agents that can be used in combination or alternation with the compounds disclosed herein include:
(1) an interferon and/or ribavirin (Battaglia, A.M. et al, Ann. Pharmacother. 34:487- 494, 2000); Berenguer, M. et al. Antivir. Ther. 3(Suppl. 3):125-136, 1998);
(2) Substrate-based NS3 protease inhibitors (Attwood et al, Antiviral peptide derivatives, PCT WO 98/22496, 1998; Attwood et al, Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 10.259-273, 1999; Attwood et al, Preparation and use of amino acid derivatives as anti-viral agents, German Patent Publication DE 19914474; Tung et al. Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease, PCT WO 98/17679), including alphaketoamides and hydrazinoureas, and inhibitors that terminate in an electrophile such as a boronic acid or phosphonate. Llinas-Brunet et al, Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogues, PCT WO 99/07734.
(3) Non-substrate-based inhibitors such as 2,4,6-trihydroxy-3-nitro-benzamide derivatives(Sudo K. et al, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 238:643- 647, 1997; Sudo K. et al. Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 9:186, 1998), including RD3-4082 and RD3-4078, the former substituted on the amide with a 14 carbon chain and the latter processing a αr -phenoxyphenyl group;
(4) Thiazolidine derivatives which show relevant inhibition in a reverse-phase HPLC assay with an NS3/4A fusion protein and NS5A/5B substrate (Sudo K. et al, Antiviral Research 32:9-18, 1996), especially compound RD-1-6250, possessing a fused cinnamoyl moiety substituted with a long alkyl chain, RD4 6205 and RD4 6193;
(5) Thiazolidines and benzanilides identified in Kakiuchi N. et al. J. EBS Letters 421:217-220; TakeshitaN. et al Analytical Biochemistry 24 -.242-246, 1997;
(6) A phenan-threnequinone possessing activity against protease in a SDS-PAGE and autoradiography assay isolated from the fermentation culture broth of Streptomyces sp., Sch 68631 (Chu M. et al, Tetrahedron Letters 37:7229-7232, 1996), and Sch 351633, isolated from the fungus Penicillium griscofuluum, which demonstrates activity in a scintillation proximity assay (Chu M. et al, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 9:1949-1952);
(7) Selective NS3 inhibitors based on the macromolecule elgin c, isolated from leech (Qasim M.A. et al, Biochemistry 36:1598-1607, 1997);
(8) Helicase inhibitors (Diana G.D. et al, Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C, U.S. Patent No. 5,633,358; Diana G.D. et al, Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis C, PCT WO 97/36554);
(9) Polymerase inhibitors such as nucleotide analogues, gliotoxin (Fenari R. et al. Journal of Virology 73:1649-1654, 1999), and the natural product cerulenin (Lohmann V. et al, Virology 249:108-118, 1998);
(10) Antisense phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides (S-ODN) complementary to sequence stretches in the 5' non-coding region (NCR) of the virus (Alt M. et al, Hepatology 22:707-717, 1995), or nucleotides 326-348 comprising the 3' end ofthe NCR and nucleotides 371-388 located in the core coding region of the IICV RNA (Alt M. et al, Archives of Virology 142:589-599, 1997; Galderisi U et al, Journal of Cellular Physiology 181:251-257, 1999);
(11) Inhibitors of IRES-dependent translation (Ikeda N et al, Agent for the prevention and treatment of hepatitis C, Japanese Patent Publication JP-08268890; Kai Y. et al. Prevention and treatment of viral diseases, Japanese Patent Publication JP-10101591); (12) Nuclease-resistant ribozymes. (Maccjak D.J. et al, Hepatology 30 abstract 995, 1999); and
(13) Other miscellaneous compounds including 1-amino-alkylcyclohexanes (U.S. Patent No. 6,034,134 to Gold et al), alkyl lipids (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), vitamin E and other antioxidants (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al), squalene, amantadine, bile acids (U.S. Patent No. 5,846,964 to Ozeki et al), N- (phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid, (U.S. Patent No. 5,830,905 to Diana et al), benzenedicarboxamides (U.S. Patent No. 5,633,388 to Diana et al), polyadenylic acid derivatives (U.S. Patent No. 5,496,546 to Wang et al), 2',3'-dideoxyinosine (U.S. Patent No. 5,026,687 to Yarchoan et al), and benzimidazoles (U.S. Patent No. 5,891,874 to Colacino et al).
V. Pharmaceutical Compositions
Host, including humans, infected with flavivirus or pestivirus, or a gene fragment thereof can be treated by administering to the patient an effective amount of the active compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug or salt thereof in the presence of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The active materials can be administered by any appropriate route, for example, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid or solid form.
A prefened dose of the compound for flavivirus or pestivirus infection will be in the range from about 1 to 50 mg/kg, preferably 1 to 20 mg/kg, of body weight per day, more generally 0.1 to about 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day. The effective dosage range of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs can be calculated based on the weight ofthe parent nucleoside to be delivered. If the salt or prodrug exhibits activity in itself, the effective dosage can be estimated as above using the weight of the salt or prodrug, or by other means known to those skilled in the art.
The compound is conveniently administered in unit any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to one containing 7 to 3000 mg, preferably 70 to 1400 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form. A oral dosage of 50-1000 mg is usually convenient.
Ideally the active ingredient should be administered to achieve peak plasma concentrations ofthe active compound of from about 0.2 to 70 μM, preferably about 1.0 to 10 μM. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenous injection of a 0.1 to 5% solution of the active ingredient, optionally in saline, or administered as a bolus of the active ingredient.
The concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment ofthe person administering or supervising the administration ofthe compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition. The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at varying intervals of time.
A prefened mode of administration of the active compound is oral. Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches or capsules. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part ofthe composition.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material ofthe above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. hi addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials which modify the physical form ofthe dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar, shellac, or other enteric agents.
The compound can be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug or salts thereof can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antibiotics, antifungals, anti-inflammatories, or other antivirals, including other nucleoside compounds. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parental preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
If administered intravenously, prefened carriers are physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
In a prefened embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation.
Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) are also prefened as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). For example, liposome formulations may be prepared by dissolving appropriate lipid(s) (such as stearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline, arachadoyl phosphatidyl choline, and cholesterol) in an inorganic solvent that is then evaporated, leaving behind a thin film of dried lipid on the surface of the container. An aqueous solution of the active compound or its monophosphate, diphosphate, and/or triphosphate derivatives is then introduced into the container. The container is then swirled by hand to free lipid material from the sides ofthe container and to disperse lipid aggregates, thereby forming the liposomal suspension. VI. Processes for the Preparation of Active Compounds
The nucleosides of the present invention can be synthesized by any means known in the art. In particular, the synthesis of the present nucleosides can be achieved by either alkylating the appropriately modified sugar, followed by glycosylation or glycosylation followed by alkylation of the nucleoside. The following non-limiting embodiments illustrate some general methodology to obtain the nucleosides ofthe present invention.
A. General Synthesis of 1 '-C-Branched Nucleosides
l'-C-Branched ribonucleosides ofthe following structure:
wherein BASE is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
7 0 9
R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2;
R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10can come together to form a pi bond;
1 9
R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is an alkyl, halogeno-alkyl (i.e. CF3), alkenyl, or alkynyl (i.e. allyl); and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2 can be prepared by one ofthe following general methods.
1) Modification from the lactone
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted lactone. The lactone can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard epimerization, substitution and cyclization techniques. The lactone can be optionally protected with a suitable protecting group, preferably with an acyl or silyl group, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991. The protected lactone can then be coupled with a suitable coupling agent, such as an organometallic carbon nucleophile, such as a Grignard reagent, an organolithium, lithium dialkylcopper or R6-SiMe3 in TBAF with the appropriate non-protic solvent at a suitable temperature, to give the l'-alkylated sugar.
The optionally activated sugar can then be coupled to the BASE by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Plenum Press, 1994. For example, an acylated sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with a lewis acid, such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride or trimethylsilyltriflate in the appropriate solvent at a suitable temperature.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
In a particular embodiment, the l'-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 1. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2'-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction. Scheme 1
1) Coupling
2) Optional Deprotection
Optional Deprotection
2. Alternative method for the preparation of 1 '-C-branched nucleosides
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted hexose. The hexose can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard epimerization (e.g. via alkaline treatment), substitution and coupling techniques. The hexose can be selectively protected to give the appropriate hexa-furanose, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides. Plenum Press, 1994.
The 1 '-hydroxyl can be optionally activated to a suitable leaving group such as an acyl group or a halogen via acylation or halogenation, respectively. The optionally activated sugar can then be coupled to the BASE by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Plenum Press, 1994. For example, an acylated sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with a lewis acid, such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride or trimethylsilyltriflate in the appropriate solvent at a suitable temperature. Alternatively, a halo-sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with the presence of trimethylsilyltriflate. The l'-CH2-OH, if protected, can be selectively deprotected by methods well known in the art. The resultant primary hydroxyl can be functionalized to yield various C-branched nucleosides. For example, the primary hydroxyl can be reduced to give the methyl, using a suitable reducing agent. Alternatively, the hydroxyl can be activated prior to reduction to facilitate the reaction; i.e. via the Barton reduction. In an alternate embodiment, the primary hydroxyl can be oxidized to the aldehyde, then coupled with a carbon nucleophile, such as a Grignard reagent, an organolithium, lithium dialkylcopper or R6-SiMe3 in TBAF with the appropriate non-protic solvent at a suitable temperature.
In a particular embodiment, the 1 '-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 2. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2 '-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 2
hi addition, the L-enantiomers conesponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same general methods (1 or 2), beginning with the conesponding L-sugar or nucleoside L-enantiomer as starting material. B . General Synthesis of 2 ' -C-Branched Nucleosides
2'-C-Branched ribonucleosides ofthe following structure:
wherein BASE is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a pi bond;
1 9
R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is an alkyl, halogeno-alkyl (i.e. CF3), alkenyl, or alkynyl (i.e. allyl); and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2 can be prepared by one ofthe following general methods.
1. Glycosylation ofthe nucleobase with an appropriately modified sugar
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted sugar with a 2' -OH and 2'-H, with the appropriate leaving group (LG), for example an acyl group or a halogen. The sugar can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard epimerization, substitution, oxidation and reduction techniques. The substituted sugar can then be oxidized with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 2'-modified sugar. Possible oxidizing agents are Jones reagent (a mixture of chromic acid and sulfuric acid), Collins 's reagent (dipyridine Cr(VI) oxide, Corey's reagent (pyridinium chlorochromate), pyridinium dichromate, acid dichromate, potassium permanganate, MnO2, ruthenium tetroxide, phase transfer catalysts such as chromic acid or permanganate supported on a polymer, Cl2-pyridine, H2O2- ammonium molybdate, NaBrO2-CAN, NaOCl in HOAc, copper chromite, copper oxide, Raney nickel, palladium acetate, Meerwin-Pondorf-Verley reagent (aluminum t-butoxide with another ketone) and N-bromosuccinimide.
Then coupling of an organometallic carbon nucleophile, such as a Grignard reagent, an organolithium, lithium dialkylcopper or R6-SiMe3 in TBAF with the ketone with the appropriate non-protic solvent at a suitable temperature, yields the 2'-alkylated sugar. The alkylated sugar can be optionally protected with a suitable protecting group, preferably with an acyl or silyl group, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The optionally protected sugar can then be coupled to the BASE by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Plenum Press, 1994. For example, an acylated sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with a lewis acid, such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride or trimethylsilyltriflate in the appropriate solvent at a suitable temperature. Alternatively, a halo-sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with the presence of trimethylsilyltriflate.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991. hi a particular embodiment, the 2'-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 3. Altematively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2'-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 3
1) Coupling
2) Optional Deprotection
2. Modification of a pre-formed nucleoside
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted nucleoside with a 2'-OH and 2'-H. The nucleoside can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard coupling techniques. The nucleoside can be optionally protected with suitable protecting groups, preferably with acyl or silyl groups, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The appropriately protected nucleoside can then be oxidized with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 2'-modified sugar. Possible oxidizing agents are Jones reagent (a mixture of chromic acid and sulfuric acid), Collins 's reagent (dipyridine Cr(NI) oxide, Corey's reagent (pyridinium chlorochromate), pyridinium dichromate, acid dichromate, potassium permanganate, MnO2, ruthenium tetroxide, phase transfer catalysts such as chromic acid or permanganate supported on a polymer, Cl2-pyridine, H O2-ammonium molybdate, ΝaBrO -CAΝ, NaOCl in HOAc, copper chromite, copper oxide, Raney nickel, palladium acetate, Meerwin-Pondorf-Verley reagent (aluminum t-butoxide with another ketone) and iV-bromosuccinimide.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by GreeneGreene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
In a particular embodiment, the 2 '-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 4. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2'-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 4
Optional Deprotection
Optional Deprotection
In another embodiment of the invention, the L-enantiomers are desired. Therefore, the L-enantiomers can be conesponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same foregoing general methods, beginning with the conesponding L-sugar or nucleoside L-enantiomer as starting material.
C. General Synthesis of 3 '-C-Branched Nucleosides
3'-C-Branched ribonucleosides ofthe following structure:
wherein BASE is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
"7 Q 9
R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
R is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlonne, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a pi bond;
R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is independently H or phosphate;
R6 is an alkyl, halogeno-alkyl (i.e. CF3), alkenyl, or alkynyl (i.e. allyl); and
X is O, S, SO2 or CH2 can be prepared by one ofthe following general methods.
1 Glycosylation ofthe nucleobase with an appropriately modified sugar
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted sugar with a 3' -OH and 3'-H, with the appropriate leaving group (LG), for example an acyl group or a halogen. The sugar can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard epimerization, substitution, oxidation and reduction techniques. The substituted sugar can then be oxidized with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 3 '-modified sugar. Possible oxidizing agents are Jones reagent (a mixture of chromic acid and sulfuric acid), Collins's reagent (dipyridine Cr(VI) oxide, Corey's reagent (pyridinium chlorochromate), pyridinium dichromate, acid dichromate, potassium permanganate, MnO2, ruthenium tetroxide, phase transfer catalysts such as chromic acid or permanganate supported on a polymer, Cl2-pyridine, H2O2- ammonium molybdate, NaBrO2-CAN, NaOCl in HOAc, copper chromite, copper oxide, Raney nickel, palladium acetate, Meerwin-Pondorf-Verley reagent (aluminum t-butoxide with another ketone) and N-bromosuccinimide.
Then coupling of an organometallic carbon nucleophile, such as a Grignard reagent, an organolithium, lithium dialkylcopper or R -SiMe3 in TBAF with the ketone with the appropriate non-protic solvent at a suitable temperature, yields the 3 '-C-branched sugar. The 3 '-C-branched sugar can be optionally protected with a suitable protecting group, preferably with an acyl or silyl group, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The optionally protected sugar can then be coupled to the BASE by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Townsend Chemistry of Nucleosides and Nucleotides, Plenum Press, 1994. For example, an acylated sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with a lewis acid, such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride or trimethylsilyltriflate in the appropriate solvent at a suitable temperature. Alternatively, a halo-sugar can be coupled to a silylated base with the presence of trimethylsilyltriflate.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
In a particular embodiment, the 3 '-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 5. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2'-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 5
1) Coupling
2) Optional Deprotection
1) Optional Protection
2) Optional Reduction tion
2. Modification of a pre-formed nucleoside
The key starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted nucleoside with a 3'-OH and 3'-H. The nucleoside can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard coupling techniques. The nucleoside can be optionally protected with suitable protecting groups, preferably with acyl or silyl groups, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The appropriately protected nucleoside can then be oxidized with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 2 '-modified sugar. Possible oxidizing agents are Jones reagent (a mixture of chromic acid and sulfuric acid), Collins 's reagent (dipyridine Cr(VI) oxide, Corey's reagent (pyridinium chlorochromate), pyridinium dichromate, acid dichromate, potassium permanganate, MnO2, ruthenium tetroxide, phase transfer catalysts such as chromic acid or permanganate supported on a polymer, Cl2-pyridine, H2O2-ammonium molybdate, NaBrO2-CAN, NaOCl in HOAc, copper chromite, copper oxide, Raney nickel, palladium acetate, Meerwin-Pondorf-Verley reagent (aluminum t-butoxide with another ketone) and 7V-bromosuccinimide.
Subsequently, the nucleoside can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
In a particular embodiment, the 3 '-C-branched ribonucleoside is desired. The synthesis of a ribonucleoside is shown in Scheme 6. Alternatively, deoxyribo-nucleoside is desired. To obtain these nucleosides, the formed ribonucleoside can optionally be protected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by Greene et al. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, and then the 2'- OH can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent. Optionally, the 2 '-hydroxyl can be activated to facilitate reduction; i.e. via the Barton reduction.
Scheme 6
Optional Deprotection
Optional Deprotection
hi another embodiment of the invention, the L-enantiomers are desired. Therefore, the L-enantiomers can be conesponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same foregoing general methods, beginning with the conesponding L-sugar or nucleoside L-enantiomer as starting material.
EXAMPLES
Example 1: Preparation of l'-C-methylriboadenine via 6-amino-9-(l-deoxy-β-D- psicofuranosvDpurine
The title compound could also be prepared according to a published procedure (J. Farkas, and F. Sonn, "Nucleic acid components and their analogues. XCIV. Synthesis of 6- amino-9-(l-deoxy-β-D-psicofuranosyl)purine" Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 1967, 32, 2663-2667; J. Farkas", Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 1966, 31, 1535) (Scheme 7).
Scheme 7
6-Benzamidopurine chloromercuri salt
In a similar manner, but using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases, the following nucleosides of Formula I are prepared.
(I) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula IN are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(TV) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula VII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(Nil) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Fonnula NIII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(NIII) wherein
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula IX are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(IX) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XVI are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XVI) wherein:
Example 2: Preparation of 2'-C-methylriboadenine
The title compound was prepared according to a published procedure (R.E. Harry- O'kuru, J.M. Smith, and M.S. Wolfe, "A short, flexible route toward 2 '-C-branched ribonucleosides", J.Org. Chem. 1991, 62, 1754-1759) (Scheme 8). Scheme 8
(a) Dess-Martin periodinane; (b) MeMgBr / TiCl4; (c) BzCl, DMAP, Et3N; (d) bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide, N6-benzoyl adenine, TMSOTf; (e) NH3 / MeOH
In a similar manner, but using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases, the following nucleosides of Formula II are prepared.
(II) wherein:
ill
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula V are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(V) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula X are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(X) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XI are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XI) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XII) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XVII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XVII) wherein:
Example 3: Preparation of 3'-C-methylriboadenine
The title compound can be prepared according to a published procedure (R.F. Nutt, M. J. Dickinson, F.W. Holly, and E. Walton, "Branched-chain sugar nucleosides. in. 3 '-C- methyladenine ", J.Org. Chem. 1968, 33, 1789-1795) (Scheme 9). Scheme 9
(a) RuO2 / NaIO4; (b) MeMgl / TiCl4; (c) HCl / MeOH / H2O; (d) BzCl / pyridine; (e) AcBr, HBr / AcOH; (f) chloromercuri-6-benzamidopurine; (g) NH3 / MeOH.
In a similar manner, but using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases, the following nucleosides of Formula III are prepared.
(III) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula VI are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(Ni) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XIII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XIII) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XIN are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XIN) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XV are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XN) wherein:
Alternatively, the following nucleosides of Formula XVIII are prepared, using the appropriate sugar and pyrimidine or purine bases.
(XVIII) wherein:
VII. Anti-Flavivirus or Pestivirus Activity
Compounds can exhibit anti-flavivirus or pestivirus activity by inhibiting flavivirus or pestivirus polymerase, by inhibiting other enzymes needed in the replication cycle, or by other pathways.
EXAMPLES
The test compounds were dissolved in DMSO at an initial concentration of 200 μM and then were serially diluted in culture medium.
Unless otherwise stated, baby hamster kidney (BHK-21) (ATCC CCL- 10) and Bos Taurus (BT) (ATCC CRL 1390) cells were grown at 37°C in a humidified CO2 (5%) atmosphere. BHK-21 cells were passaged in Eagle MEM additioned of 2 mM L-glutamine, 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, Gibco) and Earle's BSS adjusted to contain 1.5 g/L sodium bicarbonate and 0.1 mM non-essential amino acids. BT cells were passaged in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium with 4 mM L-glutamine and 10% horse serum (HS, Gibco), adjusted to contain 1.5 g/L sodium bicarbonate, 4.5 g/L glucose and 1.0 mM sodium pyruvate. The vaccine strain 17D (YFV-17D) (Stamaril®, Pasteur Merieux) and Bovine Viral Dianhea virus (BVDN) (ATCC NR-534) were used to infect BHK and BT cells, respectively, in 75 cm2 bottles. After a 3 day incubation period at 37°C, extensive cytopathic effect was observed. Cultures were freeze-thawed three times, cell debris were removed by centrifugation and the supernatant was aliquoted and stored at -70°C. YFN-17D and BVDV were titrated in BHK-21 and BT cells, respectively, that were grown to confluency in 24-well plates.
Example 4; Phosphorylation Assay of Nucleoside to Active Triphosphate
To determine the cellular metabolism of the compounds, HepG2 cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and were grown in 225 cm2 tissue culture flasks in minimal essential medium supplemented with non-essential amino acids, 1% penicillin-streptomycin. The medium was renewed every three days, and the cells were subcultured once a week. After detachment ofthe adherent monolayer with a 10 minute exposure to 30 mL of trypsin-EDTA and three consecutive washes with medium, confluent HepG2 cells were seeded at a density of 2.5 x 106 cells per well in a 6-well plate and exposed to 10 μM of [3H] labeled active compound (500 dpm/pmol) for the specified time periods. The cells were maintained at 37°C under a 5% CO2 atmosphere. At the selected time points, the cells were washed three times with ice-cold phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). Intracellular active compound and its respective metabolites were extracted by incubating the cell pellet overnight at -20°C with 60% methanol followed by extraction with an additional 20 μL of cold methanol for one hour in an ice bath. The extracts were then combined, dried under gentle filtered air flow and stored at -20°C until HPLC analysis. The preliminary results ofthe HPLC analysis are tabulated in Table 1. Table 1
Example 5: Bioavailability Assay in Cynomolgus Monkeys
Within 1 week prior to the study initiation, the cynomolgus monkey was surgically implanted with a chronic venous catheter and subcutaneous venous access port (VAP) to facilitate blood collection and underwent a physical examination including hematology and serum chemistry evaluations and the body weight was recorded. Each monkey (six total), received approximately 250 uCi of 3H activity with each dose of active compound, namely β- D-2'-CH -riboG at a dose level of 10 mg/kg at a dose concentration of 5 mg/mL, either via an intravenous bolus (3 monkeys, IN), or via oral gavage (3 monkeys, PO). Each dosing syringe was weighed before dosing to gravimetrically detennine the quantity of formulation administered. Urine samples were collected via pan catch at the designated intervals (approximately 18-0 hours pre-dose, 0-4, 4-8 and 8-12 hours post-dosage) and processed. Blood samples were collected as well (pre-dose, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 12 and 24 hours post- dosage) via the chronic venous catheter and NAP or from a peripheral vessel if the chronic venous catheter procedure should not be possible. The blood and urine samples were analyzed for the maximum concentration (Cmax), time when the maximum concentration was achieved (Tmax), area under the curve (AUC), half life of the dosage concentration (T>/2), clearance (CL), steady state volume and distribution (Nss) and bioavailability (F), which are tabulated in Tables 2 and 3, and graphically illustrated in Figures 2 and 3, respectively. Table 2: Oral Bioavailability in Monkeys
Table 3: Experimental Pharmacokinetics of β-D-2'-CH3-riboG in Cynomolgus Monkeys
Example 6: Bone Marrow Toxicity Assay
Human bone marrow cells were collected from normal healthy volunteers and the mononuclear population was separated by Ficoll-Hypaque gradient centrifugation as described previously by Sommadossi J-P, Carlisle R. "Toxicity of 3'-azido-3'- deoxythymidine and 9-(l,3-dihydroxy-2-propoxymethyl)guanine for nonnal human hematopoietic progenitor cells in vitro" Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 1987; 31:452-454; and Sommadossi J-P, Schinazi RF, Chu CK, Xie M-Y. "Comparison of cytotoxicity of the (-)- and (+)-enantiomer of 2',3'-dideoxy-3'-thiacytidine in normal human bone manow progenitor cells" Biochemical Pharmacology 1992; 44:1921-1925. The culture assays for CFU-GM and BFU-E were performed using a bilayer soft agar or methylcellulose method. Drugs were diluted in tissue culture medium and filtered. After 14 to 18 days at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2 in air, colonies of greater than 50 cells were counted using an inverted microscope. The results in Table 4 are presented as the percent inhibition of colony formation in the presence of drug compared to solvent control cultures. Table 4: Human Bone Marrow Toxicity CFU-GM and BFU-E Clonogenic Assays
IC50 in μM
Treatment CFU-GM BFU-E ribavirin ~ 5 ~ 1 β-D-2'-CH3-riboA > 100 > 100 β-D-2'-CH3-riboU > 100 > 100 β-D-2'-CH3-riboC > 10 > 10 β-D-2'-CH3-riboG > 10 > 100
Example 7; Mitochondria Toxicity Assay
HepG2 cells were cultured in 12-well plates as described above and exposed to various concentrations of drugs as taught by Pan-Zhou X-R, Cui L, Zhou X-J, Sommadossi J- P, Darley-Usmer NM. "Differential effects of antiretroviral nucleoside analogs on mitochondrial function in HepG2 cells" Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2000; 44:496-503. Lactic acid levels in the culture medium after 4 day drug exposure was measured using a Boehringer lactic acid assay kit. Lactic acid levels were nonnalized by cell number as measured by hemocytometer count. The prehrmnary results from this assay are tabulated in Table 5.
Table 5: Mitochondrial Toxicity Study (L-lactic acid assay)
Example 8; Cytotoxicity Assay
Cells were seeded at a rate of between 5 x 103 and 5 x 104/well into 96-well plates in growth medium overnight at 37°C in a humidified CO2 (5%) atmosphere. New growth medium containing serial dilutions ofthe drugs was then added. After incubation for 4 days, cultures were fixed in 50% TCA and stained with sulforhodamineB. The optical density was read at 550 nm. The cytotoxic concentration was expressed as the concentration required to reduce the cell number by 50% (CC50). The data is tabulated in Table 6.
Table 6: MDBK versus Human Hepatoma
Example 9; Cell Protection Assay (CPA)
The assay was performed essentially as described by Baginski, S. G.; Pevear, D. C; Seipel, M.; Sun, S. C. C; Benetatos, C. A.; Chunduru, S. K.; Rice, C. M. and M. S. Collett "Mechanism of action of a pestivirus antiviral compound" PNAS USA 2000, 97(14), 7981- 7986. MDBK cells (ATCC) were seeded onto 96-well culture plates (4,000 cells per well) 24 hours before use. After infection with BVDV (strain NADL, ATCC) at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.02 plaque forming units (PFU) per cell, serial dilutions of test compounds were added to both infected and uninfected cells in a final concentration of 0.5% DMSO in growth medium. Each dilution was tested in quadruplicate. Cell densities and virus inocula were adjusted to ensure continuous cell growth throughout the experiment and to achieve more than 90% virus-induced cell destruction in the untreated controls after four days post-infection. After four days, plates were fixed with 50% TCA and stained with sulforhodamine B. The optical density ofthe wells was read in a microplate reader at 550 nm. The 50% effective concentration (EC50) values were defined as the compound concentration that achieved 50% reduction of cytopathic effect of the virus. The results are tabulated in Table 7. Figures 4 and 5 provide a graphical illustration of the methodology used to arrive at the 50% effective concentration (EC50) values for β-D-2'-CH3-riboG and ribavirin. Figure 6 compares the results of the CPA for β-D-2'-CH3-riboG, β-D-2'-CH3-riboC, β-D-2'-CH3- riboU, β-D-2'-CH -riboA and ribavirin
Table 7: Cell Protection Assay
Example 10: Plaque Reduction Assay
For each compound the effective concentration was determined in duplicate 24-well plates by plaque reduction assays. Cell monolayers were infected with 100 PFU/well of virus. Then, serial dilutions of test compounds in MEM supplemented with 2% inactivated serum and 0.75% of methyl cellulose were added to the monolayers. Cultures were further incubated at 37°C for 3 days, then fixed with 50% ethanol and 0.8% Crystal Violet, washed and air-dried. Then plaques were counted to determine the concentration to obtain 90% virus suppression and tabulated in Table 8. Figure 7 is a graphical illustration ofthe results from the Plaque Reduction Assay. Figure 8 is an image of BVDV plaque formation in the presence of increasing concentrations of β-D-2'-CH3-riboU.
Table 8: Viral Suppression via Plaque Reduction Assay
Example 11: Yield Reduction Assay
For each compound the concentration to obtain a 6-log reduction in viral load was determined in duplicate 24-well plates by yield reduction assays. The assay was performed as described by Baginski, S. G.; Pevear, D. C; Seipel, M.; Sun, S. C. C; Benetatos, C. A.; Chunduru, S. K.; Rice, C. M. and M. S. Collett "Mechanism of action of a pestivirus antiviral compound" PNAS USA 2000, 97(14), 7981-7986, with minor modifications. Briefly, MDBK cells were seeded onto 24-well plates (2 x 105 cells per well) 24 hours before infection with BVDV (NADL strain) at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 PFU per cell. Serial dilutions of test compounds were added to cells in a final concentration of 0.5% DMSO in growth medium. Each dilution was tested in triplicate. After three days, cell cultures (cell monolayers and supernatants) were lysed by three freeze-thaw cycles, and virus yield was quantified by plaque assay. Briefly, MDBK cells were seeded onto 6-well plates (5 x 105 cells per well) 24 h before use. Cells were inoculated with 0.2 mL of test lysates for 1 hour, washed and overlaid with 0.5% agarose in growth medium. After 3 days, cell monolayers were fixed with 3.5% formaldehyde and stained with 1% crystal violet (w/v in 50% ethanol) to visualize plaques. The plaques were counted to determine the concentration to obtain a 6- log reduction in viral load as tabulated in Table 9. Figure 9 is a graphical illustration ofthe results from the Yield Reduction Assay. Figure 8 is an image of BVDV yield reduction in the presence of increasing concentrations of β-D-2'-CH3-riboC.
Table 9: Concentration to Obtain 6-log Reduction
Cone, for 6-log Reduction (μM) β-D-2'-CH3-riboU 120 β-D-2'-CH3-riboG 20 β-D-2'-CH3-riboC 20 β-D-2'-CH3-riboA 9
Example 12: Comparative Cytotoxicity
Table 10 summarizes the cytoxicity of two compounds of this invention, β-D-l'-CH3- riboA and β-D-2'-CH -riboA, in comparison to RBV ("ribavirin"), in various cell systems. Table 10: Comparative Cytotoxicity* (CC50)
* Compound concentration (μM) required to reduce the viability of cells by 50%.
The chemical structures for β-D-F-CH3-riboA and β-D-2'-CH3-riboA are as follows:
β-D-l'-CH3-riboA β-D-2'-CH3-riboA
Table 11 summarizes the antiviral activity of β-D-l'-CH3-riboA and β-D-2'-CH3- riboA against several viruses within the flavivirus and pestivirus genuses.
Table 11: Comparative Antiviral Activity* (EC50)
* Compound concentration (μM) required to reduce the plaque number by 50%. The following virus-cell system were used: BNDC-BT, YFN-BHK, PICO (Cosxackie Bl and Polio SabinVVSV - Vero.
Table 12 summarizes the antiviral activity and toxicity of β-D-2'-methyl-riboG, β-D- 2'-methyl-riboC and β-D-2'-methyl-riboU, against a couple of viruses within the flavivirus and pestivirus genuses. Table 12: Comparative Antiviral Activity* (EC50)
BVDV YFV
EC50* CC50** EC50* CC50** β-D-2'-CH3-riboG 2 >100 1.2 20 β-D-2'-CH3-riboC 3.7 >100 70 >100 β-D-2'-CH3-riboU 20 >100 33 >100
* Compound concentration (μM) required to reduce the plaque number by 50%. The following virus-cell system were used: BVDC-BT and YFV-BHK.
* Compound concentration (μM) required to reduce the viability of cells by 50%.
The chemical structures for β-D-2'-CH3-riboG, β-D-2'-CH3-riboC and β-D-2'-CH3- riboU are as follows:
β-D-2'-CH3-riboG β-D-2'-CH3-riboC β-D-2'-CH3-riboU
Table 13 summarizes the anti-viral activity of several compounds of this invention against BVDV in three different assays.
Table 13: for BVDV
This invention has been described with reference to its prefened embodiments. Variations and modifications ofthe invention, will be obvious to those skilled in the art from the foregoing detailed description ofthe invention.

Claims (1)

  1. We Claim:
    1. A compound of Formula I:
    (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    2. A compound of Formula II:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    3. A compound of Formula III:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    1 "
    R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    4. A compound of Formula IV:
    (IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable
    1 T of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    5. A compound of Formula N:
    (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    6. A compound of Formula NI:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharaiaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 • capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are mdependently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    7. A compound selected from Formulas Nil, NIII and IX:
    (VII) (NIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),
    -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3> chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -
    NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
    8. A compound of Formulas X, XI and XII:
    (X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, S02 or CH2.
    9. A compound selected from Formulas XIII, XIV and XV:
    (XIII) (XIN) (XN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    • 1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    10. A compound of Formula XVI:
    (XVI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are mdependently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),
    -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,
    NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    11. A compound of Formula XVII:
    (xvπ) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    12. A compound of Formula XVIII:
    (XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino;
    R is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    13. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    14. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    15. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    16. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    17. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    18. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    19. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    20. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    21. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    22. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    23. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    24. A compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    25. The compound as described in any of the preceding claims 1-24, wherein the said compound is in the form of a dosage unit.
    26. The compound as described in claim 187, wherein the dosage unit contains 10 to 1500 mg of said compound.
    27. The compound as described in claim 187 or 188, wherein said dosage unit is a tablet or capsule.
    28. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
    (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are mdependently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    29. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula II:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    30. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula III:
    (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    1 9
    X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    31. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula IN:
    (IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    32. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula V:
    (N) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    33. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula NI:
    (NI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    34. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formulas VII, VIII or IX:
    (VH) (VIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    1 9 ^
    R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3; chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    35. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula X, XI or XII:
    (X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),
    -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -
    NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    36. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XIII, XIV or XV:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein:
    Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    1 9 ^
    R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 "3 capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    37. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVI:
    (XVI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),
    -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,
    NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2 or -N(acyl)2;
    R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    38. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVII:
    (XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(0)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),
    -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,
    NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    39. A phannaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVIII:
    (XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    1 9
    R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when admimstered in vivo is ι 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl) amino;
    R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R and R9 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    40. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    41. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    42. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    43. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    44. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    45. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    46. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    47. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of stmcture:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    48. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    49. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    50. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    51. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
    52. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
    (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4; X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    53. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula II:
    (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    4. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula III:
    (ni) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    1 9
    X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    5. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula IN:
    (IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    6. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula N:
    (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    57. A phannaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula VI:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    58. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula VII, VIII or IX:
    (VTJ) (VIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),
    -O(alkyl), -0(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3) chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -
    NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
    59. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula X, XI or XII:
    (X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),
    -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -
    NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
    60. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Fonnula XIII, XIN or XV:
    (XIII) (XIV) (XV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. 61. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVI:
    (XVI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),
    -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,
    NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine;
    *7 0 7 IΠ R Q R I D alternatively, R and R , R and R , R and R , or R and R can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
    62. A phannaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVII:
    (XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    1 9
    R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. 63. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula XVIII:
    (XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl) amino;
    R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    64. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    65. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    66. A phannaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    67. A pharmaceutical composition for the freahnent or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    68. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    69. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    70. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    71. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    72. A phannaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    73. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    74. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    75. A pharmaceutical composition for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus in a host, comprising an effective amount of a compound of structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other antivirally effective agents.
    76. The pharmaceutical composition as described in any of the preceding claims 28-75, wherein the said compound is in the form of a dosage unit.
    77. The pharmaceutical composition as described in claim 76, wherein the dosage unit contains 10 to 1500 mg of said compound.
    78. The pharmaceutical composition as described in claim 75 or 76, wherein said dosage unit is a tablet or capsule.
    79. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
    (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable
    1 9 ^ ■ of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    80. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula II:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    81. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula III:
    (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R , R and R are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    82. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula IN:
    (IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    83. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula N:
    (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    • 1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR R5 or SR ;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4ΝR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    84. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula VI:
    (Ni) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    85. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula NIL NIII or IX:
    (Nil) (NIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3j chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
    86. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula X, XI or XII:
    (X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH , - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    87. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Fonnula XIII, XIN or XV:
    (XIII) (XIN) (XN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, S02 or CH2.
    88. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XNI:
    (xvi) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),
    -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,
    NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    89. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVII:
    (XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; i o i in alternatively, R and R , or R and R can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, S02 or CH2.
    90. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVIII:
    (XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    1 9
    R and R are independently hydrogen, OR , alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino; R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    91. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising admimstering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    92. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    93. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    94. A method for the freahnent or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    95. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    96. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    97. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    98. A method for the freahnent or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    99. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    100. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    101. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    102. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
    (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    1 9
    X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula II:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    • 1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula III:
    (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula IN:
    (TV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable
    1 9 " of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    . A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula V:
    (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    108. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula VI:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 ^ ■ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    109. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula VII, VIII or IX:
    (VII) (VIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharaiaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3; chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2, or CH2. . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising admimstering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula X, XI or XII:
    (X) (XI) (xπ) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 "\ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl) ;
    R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),
    -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -
    NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    111. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XIII, XIV or XV:
    (XIII) (XIV) (XV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    1 9 ^ •
    R , R and R are mdependently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    112. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVI:
    (XVI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),
    -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,
    NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, S02 or CH2. . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVII:
    (XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. . A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an anti-virally effective amount of a compound of Formula XVIII:
    (XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other antivirally effective agents, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino;
    R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, S02 or CH2.
    115. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    116. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    117. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    118. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    119. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    120. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    121. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    122. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    123. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    124. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    125. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    126. A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a flavivirus or pestivirus infection in a host, comprising administering an antivirally effective amount of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more antivirally effective agents.
    127. Method of treatment as described in any ofthe preceding claims 79-126, wherein the said compound is in the form of a dosage unit.
    128. Method of treatment as described in claim 127, wherein the dosage unit contains 10 to 1500 mg of said compound.
    129. Method of treatment as described in claim 127 or 128, wherein said dosage unit is a tablet or capsule.
    130. A use of a compound of Fonnula I:
    (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound of Formula II:
    (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR , NR4R5 or SR ; X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound of Formula III:
    (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    133. A use of a compound of Formula IN:
    (IN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower allcyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    134. A use of a compound of Formula V:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    135. A use of a compound of Formula VI:
    (NI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein:
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound selected from Fonnulas VII, VIII and IX:
    (VII) (VIII) (DC) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3> chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, - NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, SO2, or CH2. . A use of a compound of Formulas X, XI and XII:
    (X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R is hydrogen, OR , hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),
    -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -
    NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    138. A use of a compound selected from Formulas XIII, XIV and XV:
    (XIII) (XIN) (XN) or a pharaiaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and X is O, S, S02 or CH2.
    139. A use of a compound of Formula XNI:
    (XNI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),
    -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO ,
    NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2. . A use of a compound of Formula XVII:
    (XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO , NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    141. A use of a compound of Formula XNIII:
    (XNIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    Rδ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(0)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl)amino;
    R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    142. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    143. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    144. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    145. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    146. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    147. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    148. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    149. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    150. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    151. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    152. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    153. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    154. A use of a compound of Formula I:
    (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are mdependently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when admimstered in vivo is capable
    1 9 ' • of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4; X and X are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound of Formula II:
    (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are is independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    . A use of a compound of Formula III:
    (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 " capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    157. A use of a compound of Formula IN:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H, phosphate (including mono-, di- or triphosphate and a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, ΝR4R5 or SR4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl, CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    158. A use of a compound of Formula V:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 *\ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl).
    159. A use of a compound of Formula VI:
    (VI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently H or phosphate; and
    Y is hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4R5 or SR4;
    X1 is selected from the group consisting of H, straight chained, branched or cyclic alkyl,
    CO-alkyl, CO-aryl, CO-alkoxyalkyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, OR4, NR4NR5 or SR4; and
    R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, acyl (including lower acyl), or alkyl (including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl). . A use of a compound selected from Formulas VII, VIII and IX:
    (VII) (VIII) (IX) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituex ts as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherei •n R 1 , R 9 and R ^ are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, 2-Br-ethyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),
    -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), CF3; chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -
    NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2, or CH2.
    . A use of a compound of Formulas X, XI and XII:
    (X) (XI) (XII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other phannaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 9 ' capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 is hydrogen, OR3, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl),
    -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH2, -
    NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    162. A use of a compound selected from Formulas XIII, XIV and XV
    (XIII) (XIN) (XN) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1, R2 and R3 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is
    1 ^ capable of providing a compound wherein R , R and R are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, ΝO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    163. A use of a compound of Formula XNI:
    (XNI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freahnent or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl
    (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(0)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl),
    -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2,
    NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R8 and R10 are independently H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, R7 and R10, R8 and R9, or R8 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    164. A use of a compound of Formula XVII:
    (XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein; R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R and R are independently H or phosphate; R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), - O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), - NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, NH , -NH(lower alkyl), -NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl) , -N(acyl)2; R10 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine, or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R7 and R10 can come together to form a bond; and X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    . A use of a compound of Formula XVIII:
    (XVIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus, wherein: Base is a purine or pyrimidine base as defined herein;
    R1 and R2 are independently H; phosphate (including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug); acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described in the definition of aryl given herein; a lipid, including a phospholipid; an amino acid; a carbohydrate; a peptide; a cholesterol; or other pharaiaceutically acceptable leaving group which when admimstered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 and R2 are independently H or phosphate;
    R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl (including lower alkyl), azido, cyano, alkenyl, alkynyl,
    Br-vinyl, -C(O)O(alkyl), -C(O)O(lower alkyl), -O(acyl), -O(lower acyl), -O(alkyl), -
    O(lower alkyl), -O(alkenyl), chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, NO2, NH2, -NH(lower alkyl), -
    NH(acyl), -N(lower alkyl)2, -N(acyl)2;
    R7 and R9 are independently hydrogen, OR2, alkyl (including lower alkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, Br-vinyl, O-alkenyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, NO2, amino, loweralkylamino, or di(loweralkyl) amino;
    R8 is H, alkyl (including lower alkyl), chlorine, bromine or iodine; alternatively, R7 and R9, or R8 and R9 can come together to form a bond; and
    X is O, S, SO2 or CH2.
    166. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    167. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    168. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    169. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    170. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    171. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    172. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    173. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    174. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    175. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a phannaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    176. A use of a compound of the structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    177. A use of a compound ofthe structure:
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the freatment or prophylaxis of a host infected with the flavivirus or pestivirus.
    178. Use of the compound as described in any of the preceding claims 130-177, wherein the said compound is in the form of a dosage unit.
    179. Use of the compound of claim 101, wherein the dosage unit contains 178 to 1500 mg of said compound.
    180. Use of the compound of claim 178 or 179, wherein said dosage unit is a tablet or capsule.
AU2001272923A 2000-05-26 2001-05-23 Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses Abandoned AU2001272923A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US20767400P 2000-05-26 2000-05-26
US60207674 2000-05-26
US28327601P 2001-04-11 2001-04-11
US60283276 2001-04-11
PCT/US2001/016687 WO2001092282A2 (en) 2000-05-26 2001-05-23 Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
AU2001272923A1 true AU2001272923A1 (en) 2001-12-11

Family

ID=26902464

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
AU2001272923A Abandoned AU2001272923A1 (en) 2000-05-26 2001-05-23 Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses
AU2007202602A Abandoned AU2007202602A1 (en) 2000-05-26 2007-06-07 Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
AU2007202602A Abandoned AU2007202602A1 (en) 2000-05-26 2007-06-07 Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses

Country Status (24)

Country Link
US (9) US6812219B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1294735A2 (en)
JP (2) JP5230052B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20030036189A (en)
CN (2) CN1315862C (en)
AP (2) AP2006003708A0 (en)
AR (1) AR032883A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2001272923A1 (en)
BR (1) BR0111196A (en)
CA (1) CA2410579C (en)
CZ (1) CZ301182B6 (en)
EA (2) EA007867B1 (en)
IL (1) IL153020A0 (en)
MA (1) MA26916A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA02011691A (en)
NO (1) NO327249B1 (en)
NZ (2) NZ547204A (en)
OA (1) OA12382A (en)
PE (1) PE20020051A1 (en)
PL (1) PL359169A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200425898A (en)
WO (1) WO2001092282A2 (en)
YU (1) YU92202A (en)
ZA (2) ZA200210112B (en)

Families Citing this family (230)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6444652B1 (en) * 1998-08-10 2002-09-03 Novirio Pharmaceuticals Limited β-L-2'-deoxy-nucleosides for the treatment of hepatitis B
MXPA01001507A (en) * 1998-08-10 2003-09-10 Novirio Pharmaceuticals Ltd beta-L-2'-DEOXY-NUCLEOSIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B.
WO2001067772A2 (en) * 2000-03-09 2001-09-13 Videoshare, Inc. Sharing a streaming video
MY164523A (en) * 2000-05-23 2017-12-29 Univ Degli Studi Cagliari Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
CN1315862C (en) * 2000-05-26 2007-05-16 艾登尼科斯(开曼)有限公司 Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses
CA2426187C (en) * 2000-10-18 2011-08-16 Pharmasset Limited Modified nucleosides for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
US7105499B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2006-09-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
SK286630B6 (en) 2001-01-22 2009-02-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase, pharmaceutical composition containing said compounds and the use thereof
US8481712B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2013-07-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
GB0114286D0 (en) * 2001-06-12 2001-08-01 Hoffmann La Roche Nucleoside Derivatives
US6949522B2 (en) 2001-06-22 2005-09-27 Pharmasset, Inc. β-2′- or 3′-halonucleosides
JP2005536440A (en) * 2001-09-28 2005-12-02 イデニクス(ケイマン)リミテツド Methods and compositions for the treatment of flaviviruses and pestiviruses using nucleosides modified at the 4 'position
AU2002353164A1 (en) * 2001-12-17 2003-06-30 Ribapharm Inc. Unusual nucleoside libraries, compounds, and preferred uses as antiviral and anticancer agents
US7217815B2 (en) 2002-01-17 2007-05-15 Valeant Pharmaceuticals North America 2-beta -modified-6-substituted adenosine analogs and their use as antiviral agents
WO2003062256A1 (en) * 2002-01-17 2003-07-31 Ribapharm Inc. 2'-beta-modified-6-substituted adenosine analogs and their use as antiviral agents
WO2003062255A2 (en) * 2002-01-17 2003-07-31 Ribapharm Inc. Sugar modified nucleosides as viral replication inhibitors
CA2474563C (en) 2002-02-13 2010-11-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Methods of inhibiting orthopoxvirus replication with nucleoside compounds
US7247621B2 (en) * 2002-04-30 2007-07-24 Valeant Research & Development Antiviral phosphonate compounds and methods therefor
RU2004135392A (en) * 2002-05-06 2005-06-27 Дженелэбс Текнолоджиз, Инк. (Us) NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES FOR TREATING INFECTIONS CAUSED BY HEPATITIS C VIRUS
EP1572945A2 (en) * 2002-06-27 2005-09-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
US7608600B2 (en) * 2002-06-28 2009-10-27 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified 2′ and 3′-nucleoside prodrugs for treating Flaviviridae infections
CN1678326A (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-10-05 埃迪尼克斯(开曼)有限公司 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
PL374792A1 (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-10-31 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2' and 3'-nucleoside prodrugs for treating flaviviridae infections
NZ537662A (en) * 2002-06-28 2007-10-26 Idenix Cayman Ltd 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
TW200500374A (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-01-01 Idenlx Cayman Ltd 2' and 3' -nucleoside produrgs for treating flavivridae infections
CA2490666A1 (en) * 2002-07-16 2004-01-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
AU2003256619A1 (en) * 2002-07-24 2004-02-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine thionucleoside analogs as antivirals
US20040067877A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-04-08 Schinazi Raymond F. 2', 3'-Dideoxynucleoside analogues for the treatment or prevention of Flaviviridae infections
MXPA05001298A (en) * 2002-08-01 2005-11-04 Pharmasset Inc Compounds with the bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane system for the treatment of flaviviridae.
BR0315806A (en) * 2002-10-31 2005-09-13 Metabasis Therapeutics Inc Phosphate cyclic diesters of 1,3-propane-1-aryl dios and their use in prodrug preparation
CA2506129C (en) 2002-11-15 2015-02-17 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2'-branched nucleosides and flaviviridae mutation
US7034167B2 (en) 2002-12-06 2006-04-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Process to ribofuranose sugar derivatives as intermediates to branched-chain nucleosides
EP2319853B1 (en) * 2002-12-12 2014-03-12 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for the production of 2'-branched nucleosides
KR20050110611A (en) * 2002-12-23 2005-11-23 이데닉스 (케이만) 리미티드 Process for the production of 3'-nucleoside prodrugs
AR043006A1 (en) 2003-02-12 2005-07-13 Merck & Co Inc PROCESS TO PREPARE RAMIFIED RIBONUCLEOSIDS
MXPA05010419A (en) * 2003-03-28 2006-05-31 Pharmasset Inc Compounds for the treatment of flaviviridae infections.
US20040259934A1 (en) * 2003-05-01 2004-12-23 Olsen David B. Inhibiting Coronaviridae viral replication and treating Coronaviridae viral infection with nucleoside compounds
SI2604620T1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2016-10-28 Gilead Pharmasset LLC c/o Gilead Sciences, Inc. Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
ES2351603T3 (en) * 2003-07-25 2011-02-08 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. PURINE NUCLEOSID ANALOGS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES CAUSED BY FLAVIRIDAE INCLUDING HEPATITIS C.
WO2005018330A1 (en) * 2003-08-18 2005-03-03 Pharmasset, Inc. Dosing regimen for flaviviridae therapy
CN1863813B (en) 2003-08-27 2011-03-30 生物区科学管理控股有限公司 Novel tricyclic nucleosides or nucleotides as therapeutic agents
GB0500020D0 (en) 2005-01-04 2005-02-09 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US20050182252A1 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-08-18 Reddy K. R. Novel 2'-C-methyl nucleoside derivatives
EP1758453B1 (en) 2004-06-15 2014-07-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. C-purine nucleoside analogs as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
CA2571675A1 (en) * 2004-06-23 2006-01-05 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 5-aza-7-deazapurine derivatives for treating infections with flaviviridae
US20070265222A1 (en) * 2004-06-24 2007-11-15 Maccoss Malcolm Nucleoside Aryl Phosphoramidates for the Treatment of Rna-Dependent Rna Viral Infection
CN101023094B (en) * 2004-07-21 2011-05-18 法莫赛特股份有限公司 Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-d-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
EP3109244B1 (en) 2004-09-14 2019-03-06 Gilead Pharmasset LLC Preparation of 2'fluoro-2'-alkyl-substituted or other optionally substituted ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
US7524831B2 (en) 2005-03-02 2009-04-28 Schering Corporation Treatments for Flaviviridae virus infection
CA2600886A1 (en) 2005-03-08 2006-09-14 Biota Scientific Management Pty Ltd. Bicyclic nucleosides and nucleotides as therapeutic agents
US20090156545A1 (en) * 2005-04-01 2009-06-18 Hostetler Karl Y Substituted Phosphate Esters of Nucleoside Phosphonates
JP4705164B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2011-06-22 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション HCV NS3 protease inhibitor
ATE524183T1 (en) 2005-06-17 2011-09-15 Novartis Ag USE OF SANGLIFEHRIN IN HCV THERAPY
TWI387603B (en) 2005-07-20 2013-03-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
EP1913016B1 (en) 2005-08-01 2013-01-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Macrocyclic peptides as hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
AR056191A1 (en) * 2005-08-23 2007-09-26 Idenix Phatmaceuticals Inc RING OF NUCLEOSIDS OF SEVEN MEMBERS AS INHIBITORS OF THE VIRAL REPLICA, METHODS FOR THEIR SYNTHESIS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM AND THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF VIRUS INFECTION OF THE FLAVIVIRIDAE FAMILY
WO2007044468A2 (en) * 2005-10-05 2007-04-19 The Cbr Institute For Biomedical Research, Inc. Method to treat flavivirus infection with sirna
EP1957510A1 (en) 2005-12-09 2008-08-20 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antiviral nucleosides
CA2634749C (en) * 2005-12-23 2014-08-19 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for preparing a synthetic intermediate for preparation of branched nucleosides
US8895531B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2014-11-25 Rfs Pharma Llc 2′-fluoronucleoside phosphonates as antiviral agents
EP2004634A1 (en) 2006-04-04 2008-12-24 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 3',5'-di-o-acylated nucleosides for hcv treatment
MX2008013119A (en) 2006-04-11 2008-10-21 Novartis Ag Hcv/hiv inhibitors an their uses.
GB0609492D0 (en) 2006-05-15 2006-06-21 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
US8058260B2 (en) * 2006-05-22 2011-11-15 Xenoport, Inc. 2′-C-methyl-ribofuranosyl cytidine prodrugs, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
GB0612423D0 (en) 2006-06-23 2006-08-02 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
CA2666098C (en) 2006-10-10 2012-09-25 Steven D. Axt Preparation of nucleosides ribofuranosyl pyrimidines
EA018935B1 (en) 2006-10-10 2013-11-29 Медивир Аб Hcv nucleoside inhibitor
WO2008051477A2 (en) 2006-10-24 2008-05-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
CA2667266C (en) 2006-10-24 2015-11-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
EP2079479B1 (en) 2006-10-24 2014-11-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
AU2007318165B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2011-11-17 Msd Italia S.R.L. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
WO2008057208A2 (en) 2006-10-27 2008-05-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
KR101165936B1 (en) 2006-11-09 2012-07-19 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Thiazole and oxazole-substituted arylamides
GB0623493D0 (en) 2006-11-24 2007-01-03 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
US7897737B2 (en) 2006-12-05 2011-03-01 Lasergen, Inc. 3′-OH unblocked, nucleotides and nucleosides, base modified with photocleavable, terminating groups and methods for their use in DNA sequencing
GB0625283D0 (en) 2006-12-19 2007-01-24 Cyclacel Ltd Combination
CN103224506A (en) 2006-12-20 2013-07-31 P.安杰莱蒂分子生物学研究所 Antiviral indoles
GB0625345D0 (en) 2006-12-20 2007-01-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
GB0625349D0 (en) 2006-12-20 2007-01-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
US7951789B2 (en) * 2006-12-28 2011-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
US8071568B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2011-12-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Nucleoside aryl phosphoramidates for the treatment of RNA-dependent RNA viral infection
CN101611046A (en) * 2007-01-12 2009-12-23 拜奥克里斯特制药公司 Antiviral nucleoside analogs
ATE525068T1 (en) 2007-02-28 2011-10-15 Conatus Pharmaceuticals Inc METHOD FOR TREATING CHRONIC VIRAL HEPATITIS C USING RO 113-0830
PT2308514E (en) 2007-03-23 2013-09-06 To Bbb Holding B V Conjugates for targeted drug delivery across the blood-brain barrier
US7964580B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2011-06-21 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
WO2009010783A1 (en) 2007-07-17 2009-01-22 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Macrocyclic indole derivatives for the treatment of hepatitis c infections
CA2699891C (en) 2007-07-19 2013-10-22 Nigel Liverton Macrocyclic compounds as antiviral agents
CA2708228C (en) 2007-12-17 2016-06-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Tetrazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and/or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
SI2234976T1 (en) 2007-12-17 2013-07-31 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel pyrazole-substituted arylamides
EP2225213B1 (en) 2007-12-17 2015-04-29 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
WO2009077365A1 (en) 2007-12-17 2009-06-25 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel imidazole-substituted arylamides
WO2009115927A2 (en) * 2008-03-18 2009-09-24 Institut De Recherches Cliniques De Montreal Nucleotide analogues with quaternary carbon stereogenic centers and methods of use
TW200946541A (en) 2008-03-27 2009-11-16 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc Solid forms of an anti-HIV phosphoindole compound
KR101681559B1 (en) * 2008-04-23 2016-12-01 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 1'-substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
WO2009134624A1 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-11-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
WO2009150405A1 (en) 2008-06-09 2009-12-17 Cyclacel Limited Combination of spacitabine (cndac) and dna methyltransferase inhibitors such as decitabine and procaine
US8173621B2 (en) * 2008-06-11 2012-05-08 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside cyclicphosphates
JP5143953B2 (en) 2008-06-11 2013-02-13 レーザーゲン インコーポレイテッド Nucleotides and nucleosides and methods of their use in DNA sequencing
ES2458358T3 (en) * 2008-07-02 2014-05-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
EP2313102A2 (en) 2008-07-03 2011-04-27 Biota Scientific Management Bycyclic nucleosides and nucleotides as therapeutic agents
PT2540350E (en) 2008-07-22 2014-08-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Combinations of a macrocyclic quinoxaline compound which is an hcv ns3 protease inhibitor with other hcv agents
BRPI0918897B1 (en) 2008-08-29 2021-06-15 Boehringer Ingelheim Animal Health USA Inc. IMMUNOGENIC COMPOSITION AND ITS USES
KR20110104074A (en) 2008-12-23 2011-09-21 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Synthesis of purine nucleosides
AU2009329917B2 (en) 2008-12-23 2016-03-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside analogs
EP2376088B1 (en) 2008-12-23 2017-02-22 Gilead Pharmasset LLC 6-O-Substituted-2-amino-purine nucleoside phosphoramidates
JP2012514657A (en) 2009-01-09 2012-06-28 ユニバーシテイ・カレツジ・オブ・カーデイフ・コンサルタンツ・リミテツド Phosphoramidate derivatives of guanosine nucleoside compounds for the treatment of viral infections
WO2010082050A1 (en) 2009-01-16 2010-07-22 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti S.P.A. Macrocyclic and 7-aminoalkyl-substituted benzoxazocines for treatment of hepatitis c infections
GB0900914D0 (en) 2009-01-20 2009-03-04 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Antiviral agents
US8193372B2 (en) 2009-03-04 2012-06-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphothiophene and phosphothiazole HCV polymerase inhibitors
EA201190178A1 (en) * 2009-03-20 2012-06-29 Алиос Биофарма, Инк. REPLACED NUCLEOSIDE AND NUCLEOTIC ANALOGUES
US8512690B2 (en) 2009-04-10 2013-08-20 Novartis Ag Derivatised proline containing peptide compounds as protease inhibitors
US20110182850A1 (en) 2009-04-10 2011-07-28 Trixi Brandl Organic compounds and their uses
WO2010135520A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Chimerix, Inc. Compounds, compositions and methods for treating viral infection
TWI583692B (en) 2009-05-20 2017-05-21 基利法瑪席特有限責任公司 Nucleoside phosphoramidates
US8618076B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-12-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
CA2761921A1 (en) 2009-06-22 2010-12-29 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Indole, indazole and benzimidazole arylamides
WO2010149578A2 (en) 2009-06-22 2010-12-29 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel biphenyl and phenyl-pyridine amides
CN102438989B (en) 2009-06-22 2015-05-27 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Novel oxazolone and pyrrolidinone-substituted arylamides
US8828930B2 (en) 2009-07-30 2014-09-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hepatitis C virus NS3 protease inhibitors
CA2769652A1 (en) 2009-08-05 2011-02-10 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors useful against viral infections, particularly hcv
WO2011035250A1 (en) 2009-09-21 2011-03-24 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Processes and intermediates for the preparation of 1'-substituted carba-nucleoside analogs
RU2012122637A (en) 2009-11-14 2013-12-20 Ф.Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг BIOMARKERS FOR FORECASTING A QUICK RESPONSE TO TREATING HEPATITIS C
WO2011063076A1 (en) 2009-11-19 2011-05-26 Itherx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating hepatitis c virus with oxoacetamide compounds
SG181104A1 (en) 2009-12-02 2012-07-30 Hoffmann La Roche Biomarkers for predicting sustained response to hcv treatment
MX2012006877A (en) 2009-12-18 2012-08-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitors.
US8563530B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2013-10-22 Gilead Pharmassel LLC Purine nucleoside phosphoramidate
HUE034239T2 (en) 2010-03-31 2018-02-28 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Process for the crystallisation of (s)-isopropyl 2-(((s)-(perfluorophenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate
US8680071B2 (en) 2010-04-01 2014-03-25 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
EP2596004B1 (en) 2010-07-19 2014-09-10 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Methods for the preparation of diasteromerically pure phosphoramidate prodrugs
MX2013000744A (en) 2010-07-22 2013-03-07 Gilead Sciences Inc Methods and compounds for treating paramyxoviridae virus infections.
CN103209987B (en) 2010-09-22 2017-06-06 艾丽奥斯生物制药有限公司 Substituted nucleotide analog
AU2011311880B2 (en) 2010-10-08 2014-07-24 Novartis Ag Vitamin E formulations of sulfamide NS3 inhibitors
TW201242974A (en) 2010-11-30 2012-11-01 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Compounds
WO2012080050A1 (en) 2010-12-14 2012-06-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Solid forms of a phenoxybenzenesulfonyl compound
WO2012092484A2 (en) 2010-12-29 2012-07-05 Inhibitex, Inc. Substituted purine nucleosides, phosphoroamidate and phosphorodiamidate derivatives for treatment of viral infections
US9353100B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2016-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating HCV infections
NZ614147A (en) 2011-03-14 2015-08-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmed Equine rhinitis vaccine
US20120252721A1 (en) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating drug-resistant hepatitis c virus infection with a 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitor
JP2014514295A (en) 2011-03-31 2014-06-19 アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
US9150603B2 (en) 2011-04-13 2015-10-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2′-cyano substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof useful for the treatment of viral diseases
WO2012142085A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2'-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
WO2012142075A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2'-azido substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
ES2743691T3 (en) 2011-04-14 2020-02-20 Cyclacel Ltd Dosage regimen for sapacitabine and decitabine in combination to treat acute myeloid leukemia
CN102775458B (en) * 2011-05-09 2015-11-25 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 The preparation of β-D-(2 ' R)-2 '-deoxidation-2 '-fluoro-2'CmeC derivative and purposes
EP2731433A4 (en) 2011-07-13 2014-12-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme 5'-substituted nucleoside analogs and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
US9416154B2 (en) 2011-07-13 2016-08-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 5′-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
EP2755983B1 (en) 2011-09-12 2017-03-15 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC. Substituted carbonyloxymethylphosphoramidate compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
JP2014526474A (en) 2011-09-12 2014-10-06 アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
CA2848049C (en) 2011-09-13 2021-01-26 Lasergen, Inc. 5-methoxy, 3'-oh unblocked, fast photocleavable terminating nucleotides and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
SG11201400664WA (en) 2011-09-16 2014-04-28 Gilead Pharmassett Llc Methods for treating hcv
WO2013056046A1 (en) 2011-10-14 2013-04-18 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 3',5'-cyclic phosphates of purine nucleotide compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
EP2780026B1 (en) 2011-11-15 2019-10-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
US8889159B2 (en) 2011-11-29 2014-11-18 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis C virus
EP3750544A3 (en) 2011-11-30 2021-03-24 Emory University Jak inhibitors for use in the prevention or treatment of viral infection
EP2794630A4 (en) 2011-12-22 2015-04-01 Alios Biopharma Inc Substituted phosphorothioate nucleotide analogs
WO2013106344A1 (en) 2012-01-12 2013-07-18 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2 '-c-methyl nucleosides containing a cyclic phosphate diester of 1, 3-propanediol (2-oxo-[1, 3, 2]-dioxaphosphorinane) at position 5'
US20130217644A1 (en) 2012-02-13 2013-08-22 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical Compositions of 2'-C-Methyl-Guanosine, 5'-[2[(3-Hydroxy-2,2-Dimethyl-1-Oxopropyl)Thio]Ethyl N-(Phenylmethyl)Phosphoramidate]
AU2013221571A1 (en) 2012-02-14 2014-08-28 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Spiro [2.4] heptanes for treatment of Flaviviridae infections
CN104321333A (en) 2012-03-21 2015-01-28 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Solid forms of a thiophosphoramidate nucleotide prodrug
NZ630805A (en) 2012-03-22 2016-01-29 Alios Biopharma Inc Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a thionucleotide analog
US9109001B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2015-08-18 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3′,5′-cyclic phosphoramidate prodrugs for HCV infection
EP2852603B1 (en) 2012-05-22 2021-05-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC D-amino acid compounds for liver disease
US9296778B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2016-03-29 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrugs for HCV infection
UY34824A (en) 2012-05-25 2013-11-29 Janssen R & D Ireland NUCLEOSIDES OF URACILO SPYROOXETHANE
US9206412B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2015-12-08 Colorado State University Research Foundation Thioxothiazolidine inhibitors
EP2900682A1 (en) 2012-09-27 2015-08-05 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Esters and malonates of sate prodrugs
SG11201502750UA (en) 2012-10-08 2015-06-29 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc 2'-chloro nucleoside analogs for hcv infection
US20140112886A1 (en) 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dinucleotide compounds for hcv infection
WO2014066239A1 (en) 2012-10-22 2014-05-01 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2',4'-bridged nucleosides for hcv infection
US20140140951A1 (en) 2012-11-14 2014-05-22 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-Alanine Ester of Rp-Nucleoside Analog
WO2014078436A1 (en) 2012-11-14 2014-05-22 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-alanine ester of sp-nucleoside analog
WO2014099941A1 (en) 2012-12-19 2014-06-26 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4'-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
SG11201504554UA (en) 2012-12-21 2015-07-30 Alios Biopharma Inc Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
PT2950786T (en) 2013-01-31 2020-03-03 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
US10034893B2 (en) 2013-02-01 2018-07-31 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5, 6-D2 uridine nucleoside/tide derivatives
WO2014121418A1 (en) 2013-02-07 2014-08-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetracyclic heterocycle compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of hepatitis c
WO2014121417A1 (en) 2013-02-07 2014-08-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetracyclic heterocycle compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of hepatitis c
WO2014137930A1 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-09-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Thiophosphate nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
WO2014137926A1 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-09-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3'-deoxy nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
US20140271547A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2'-cyano, azido and amino nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
RU2534613C2 (en) 2013-03-22 2014-11-27 Александр Васильевич Иващенко Alkyl2-{[(2r,3s,5r)-5-(4-amino-2-oxo-2h-pyrimidine-1-yl)- -hydroxy- tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy-phosphorylamino}-proptonates, nucleoside inhibitors of rna-polymerase hcv ns5b, methods for producing and using them
US9187515B2 (en) 2013-04-01 2015-11-17 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 2′,4′-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
BR112015025716A2 (en) 2013-04-12 2017-07-18 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc Deuterium Nucleoside Prodrugs Useful for Hcv Treatment
WO2014197578A1 (en) 2013-06-05 2014-12-11 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1',4'-thio nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
EP3027636B1 (en) 2013-08-01 2022-01-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease
PT3038601T (en) 2013-08-27 2020-06-30 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
TW201542581A (en) * 2013-09-11 2015-11-16 Univ Emory Nucleotide and nucleoside therapeutic compositions and uses related thereto
EP3046924A1 (en) 2013-09-20 2016-07-27 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2015061683A1 (en) 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-amino acid phosphoramidate and d-alanine thiophosphoramidate pronucleotides of nucleoside compounds useful for the treatment of hcv
WO2015066370A1 (en) 2013-11-01 2015-05-07 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-alanine phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2'-methyl 2'-fluoro guanosine nucleoside compounds for the treatment of hcv
EP3074399A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2016-10-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC 2'-dichloro and 2'-fluoro-2'-chloro nucleoside analogues for hcv infection
US10683321B2 (en) 2013-12-18 2020-06-16 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 4′-or nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
US10449210B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-10-22 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. Prodrug compounds and their uses
WO2015134561A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a 5,5-fused heteroarylene flaviviridae inhibitor and their use for treating or preventing flaviviridae infection
WO2015134780A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid prodrug forms of 2'-chloro-2'-methyl uridine for hcv
WO2015134560A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of a flaviviridae virus inhibitor compound and salts thereof
EP3131914B1 (en) 2014-04-16 2023-05-10 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC 3'-substituted methyl or alkynyl nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
JP2017520545A (en) 2014-07-02 2017-07-27 リガンド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Prodrug compounds and their use
US9675632B2 (en) 2014-08-26 2017-06-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives
TWI740546B (en) 2014-10-29 2021-09-21 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Methods for the preparation of ribosides
WO2016073756A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated nucleoside/tide derivatives
US9732110B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2017-08-15 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives
KR20230130175A (en) 2014-12-26 2023-09-11 에모리 유니버시티 N4-hydroxycytidine and derivatives and anti-viral uses related thereto
CA2978085C (en) 2015-03-06 2023-01-17 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. .beta.-d-2'-deoxy-2'-.alpha.-fluoro-2'-.beta.-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for hcv treatment
CA2997170A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral tetrahydrofurane derivatives
US10251904B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2019-04-09 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Methods for treating arenaviridae and coronaviridae virus infections
WO2017197046A1 (en) 2016-05-10 2017-11-16 C4 Therapeutics, Inc. C3-carbon linked glutarimide degronimers for target protein degradation
CN109562107A (en) 2016-05-10 2019-04-02 C4医药公司 Heterocycle degron body for target protein degradation
CN109562113A (en) 2016-05-10 2019-04-02 C4医药公司 Loop coil degron body for target protein degradation
US10202412B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2019-02-12 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-substituted-4′-substituted-2-substituted-N6-substituted-6-aminopurinenucleotides for the treatment of paramyxovirus and orthomyxovirus infections
WO2018013937A1 (en) 2016-07-14 2018-01-18 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-4'-fluoro-n6-substituted-6-amino-2-substituted purine nucleotides for the treatment of hepatitis c virus infection
US20190169221A1 (en) * 2016-08-12 2019-06-06 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
WO2018048937A1 (en) 2016-09-07 2018-03-15 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for rna virus treatment
CN110248951B (en) 2017-02-01 2022-10-28 阿堤亚制药公司 Nucleotide hemisulfate salt for treating hepatitis C virus
KR102318320B1 (en) 2017-03-14 2021-10-27 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 How to treat feline coronavirus infection
EP4219513A1 (en) 2017-05-01 2023-08-02 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Crystalline form of (s)-2-ethylbutyl 2-(((s)-(((2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,1-f] [1,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran2-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy) phosphoryl)amino)propanoate
WO2019005819A1 (en) 2017-06-26 2019-01-03 Hrl Laboratories, Llc System and method for generating output of a downhole inertial measurement unit
CA3077489A1 (en) 2017-07-11 2019-01-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compositions comprising an rna polymerase inhibitor and cyclodextrin for treating viral infections
CN111372592A (en) 2017-12-07 2020-07-03 埃默里大学 N4-hydroxycytidine and derivatives and antiviral uses related thereto
WO2019200005A1 (en) 2018-04-10 2019-10-17 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of hcv infected patients with cirrhosis
WO2020081690A1 (en) * 2018-10-17 2020-04-23 Xibin Liao 6-mercaptopurine nucleoside analogues
TWI789695B (en) 2020-01-27 2023-01-11 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Methods for treating sars cov-2 infections
US10874687B1 (en) 2020-02-27 2020-12-29 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19
CN115298181A (en) 2020-03-12 2022-11-04 吉利德科学公司 Process for preparing 1' -cyanonucleosides
WO2021207049A1 (en) 2020-04-06 2021-10-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Inhalation formulations of 1'-cyano substituted carbanucleoside analogs
KR20230018473A (en) 2020-05-29 2023-02-07 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 How to treat remdesivir
IL299202A (en) 2020-06-24 2023-02-01 Gilead Sciences Inc 1'-cyano nucleoside analogs and uses thereof
EP4204421A2 (en) 2020-08-27 2023-07-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds and methods for treatment of viral infections
WO2022115615A1 (en) * 2020-11-25 2022-06-02 Northeastern University Cyclic peptides with antimicrobial properties
TW202400185A (en) 2022-03-02 2024-01-01 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Compounds and methods for treatment of viral infections

Family Cites Families (340)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US28013A (en) * 1860-04-24 Improved bullet-ladle
US87873A (en) * 1869-03-16 Perry prettyman
US8841A (en) * 1852-03-30 Sice-httxieb
US83307A (en) * 1868-10-20 Improvement in wash-boilehs
US6458772B1 (en) * 1909-10-07 2002-10-01 Medivir Ab Prodrugs
US3074929A (en) * 1955-08-11 1963-01-22 Burroughs Wellcome Co Glycosides of 6-mercaptopurine
GB924246A (en) 1958-12-23 1963-04-24 Wellcome Found Purine derivatives and their preparation
US3116282A (en) * 1960-04-27 1963-12-31 Upjohn Co Pyrimidine nucleosides and process
GB984877A (en) 1962-08-16 1965-03-03 Waldhof Zellstoff Fab Improvements in and relating to 6-halonucleosides
FR1498856A (en) 1965-11-15 1968-01-10
CH490395A (en) 1965-11-15 1970-05-15 Merck & Co Inc Process for the production of novel nucleosides
DE1695411A1 (en) 1966-05-02 1971-04-15 Merck & Co Inc Substituted purine nucleosides and processes for their preparation
FR1521076A (en) 1966-05-02 1968-04-12 Merck & Co Inc Substituted purine nucleosides
US3480613A (en) * 1967-07-03 1969-11-25 Merck & Co Inc 2-c or 3-c-alkylribofuranosyl - 1-substituted compounds and the nucleosides thereof
DE2122991C2 (en) 1971-05-04 1982-06-09 Schering Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 4619 Bergkamen Process for the preparation of cytosine and 6-azacytosine nucleosides
USRE29835E (en) 1971-06-01 1978-11-14 Icn Pharmaceuticals 1,2,4-Triazole nucleosides
US3798209A (en) * 1971-06-01 1974-03-19 Icn Pharmaceuticals 1,2,4-triazole nucleosides
JPS4848495A (en) 1971-09-21 1973-07-09
US4022889A (en) * 1974-05-20 1977-05-10 The Upjohn Company Therapeutic compositions of antibiotic U-44,590 and methods for using the same
DE2508312A1 (en) 1975-02-24 1976-09-02 Schering Ag NEW PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NUCLEOSIDES
US4058602A (en) * 1976-08-09 1977-11-15 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health, Education And Welfare Synthesis, structure, and antitumor activity of 5,6-dihydro-5-azacytidine
DE2757365A1 (en) * 1977-12-20 1979-06-21 Schering Ag NEW PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NUCLEOSIDES
DD140254A1 (en) 1978-12-04 1980-02-20 Dieter Baerwolff METHOD OF PREPARING 4-SUBSTITUTED PYRIMIDIN NUCLEOSIDES
DE2852721A1 (en) * 1978-12-06 1980-06-26 Basf Ag METHOD FOR REPRESENTING POTASSIUM RIBONATE AND RIBONOLACTONE
US4239753A (en) 1978-12-12 1980-12-16 The Upjohn Company Composition of matter and process
US4522811A (en) * 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
FR2562543B1 (en) 1984-04-10 1987-09-25 Elf Aquitaine NOVEL CYCLIC PHOSPHONITES, THEIR PREPARATION AND APPLICATIONS
NL8403224A (en) * 1984-10-24 1986-05-16 Oce Andeno Bv DIOXAPHOSPHORINANS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THE USE FOR SPLITTING OF OPTICALLY ACTIVE COMPOUNDS.
KR880000094B1 (en) 1984-12-07 1988-02-23 보령제약 주식회사 Preparation process for nucleoside derivative
JPS61204193A (en) * 1985-03-05 1986-09-10 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Production of cytosine nuceoside
US5223263A (en) 1988-07-07 1993-06-29 Vical, Inc. Liponucleotide-containing liposomes
US6448392B1 (en) * 1985-03-06 2002-09-10 Chimerix, Inc. Lipid derivatives of antiviral nucleosides: liposomal incorporation and method of use
JPS61212592A (en) 1985-03-19 1986-09-20 Tokyo Tanabe Co Ltd Production of d-ribose
US4605659A (en) * 1985-04-30 1986-08-12 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Purinyl or pyrimidinyl substituted hydroxycyclopentane compounds useful as antivirals
JPS61263995A (en) 1985-05-16 1986-11-21 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Production of cytosine nucleoside
US4754026A (en) * 1985-06-04 1988-06-28 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Conversion of uracil derivatives to cytosine derivatives
US5455339A (en) 1986-05-01 1995-10-03 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Method for the preparation of 2',3'-dideoxy and 2',3'-dideoxydide-hydro nucleosides
JPH0699467B2 (en) 1987-03-04 1994-12-07 ヤマサ醤油株式会社 2 ▲ '▼ -Deoxy-2 ▲' ▼ (S) -alkylpyrimidine nucleoside derivative
JPS63215894A (en) 1987-03-04 1988-09-08 Hitachi Ltd Motor pump with intensifier
DE3714473A1 (en) 1987-04-30 1988-11-10 Basf Ag CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR EPIMERIZING SUGAR, ESPECIALLY FROM D-ARABINOSE TO D-RIBOSE
GB8719367D0 (en) * 1987-08-15 1987-09-23 Wellcome Found Therapeutic compounds
US5246924A (en) * 1987-09-03 1993-09-21 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Method for treating hepatitis B virus infections using 1-(2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-beta-D-arabinofuranosyl)-5-ethyluracil
JPH03501253A (en) 1987-09-22 1991-03-22 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア Liposome-based nucleoside analogs for the treatment of AIDS
US4880784A (en) * 1987-12-21 1989-11-14 Brigham Young University Antiviral methods utilizing ribofuranosylthiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimdine derivatives
US4996308A (en) * 1988-03-25 1991-02-26 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Derivatives with unsaturated substitutions for the 5'-hydroxymethyl group
US5122517A (en) * 1988-06-10 1992-06-16 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Antiviral combination comprising nucleoside analogs
NZ229453A (en) 1988-06-10 1991-08-27 Univ Minnesota & Southern Rese A pharmaceutical composition containing purine derivatives with nucleosides such as azt, as antiviral agents
GB8815265D0 (en) * 1988-06-27 1988-08-03 Wellcome Found Therapeutic nucleosides
US6252060B1 (en) * 1988-07-07 2001-06-26 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral liponucleosides: treatment of hepatitis B
US6599887B2 (en) * 1988-07-07 2003-07-29 Chimerix, Inc. Methods of treating viral infections using antiviral liponucleotides
SE8802687D0 (en) 1988-07-20 1988-07-20 Astra Ab NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES
US5744600A (en) * 1988-11-14 1998-04-28 Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Of The Academy Of Sciences Of The Czech Republic Phosphonomethoxy carbocyclic nucleosides and nucleotides
US5616702A (en) * 1988-11-15 1997-04-01 Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2-'-ethenylidene cytidine, uridine and guanosine derivatives
US5705363A (en) * 1989-03-02 1998-01-06 The Women's Research Institute Recombinant production of human interferon τ polypeptides and nucleic acids
US5194654A (en) * 1989-11-22 1993-03-16 Vical, Inc. Lipid derivatives of phosphonoacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use
US5411947A (en) * 1989-06-28 1995-05-02 Vestar, Inc. Method of converting a drug to an orally available form by covalently bonding a lipid to the drug
US5118672A (en) 1989-07-10 1992-06-02 University Of Georgia Research Foundation 5'-diphosphohexose nucleoside pharmaceutical compositions
US5463092A (en) * 1989-11-22 1995-10-31 Vestar, Inc. Lipid derivatives of phosphonacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use
US5026687A (en) 1990-01-03 1991-06-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Treatment of human retroviral infections with 2',3'-dideoxyinosine alone and in combination with other antiviral compounds
US6060592A (en) * 1990-01-11 2000-05-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine nucleoside compounds and oligonucleoside compounds containing same
US5200514A (en) * 1990-01-19 1993-04-06 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Synthesis of 2'-deoxypyrimidine nucleosides
US5204466A (en) * 1990-02-01 1993-04-20 Emory University Method and compositions for the synthesis of bch-189 and related compounds
WO1991016920A1 (en) 1990-05-07 1991-11-14 Vical, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of salicylate and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
FR2662165B1 (en) * 1990-05-18 1992-09-11 Univ Paris Curie BRANCHED NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS.
EP0531452A4 (en) 1990-05-29 1993-06-09 Vical, Inc. Synthesis of glycerol di- and triphosphate derivatives
CA2083961A1 (en) * 1990-05-29 1991-11-30 Henk Van Den Bosch Synthesis of glycerol di- and triphosphate derivatives
ES2083580T3 (en) 1990-06-13 1996-04-16 Arnold Glazier PHOSPHORIC DRUGS.
US5627165A (en) * 1990-06-13 1997-05-06 Drug Innovation & Design, Inc. Phosphorous prodrugs and therapeutic delivery systems using same
JP2559917B2 (en) * 1990-06-15 1996-12-04 三共株式会社 Pyrimidine nucleoside derivative
US5372808A (en) 1990-10-17 1994-12-13 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of diseases with consensus interferon while reducing side effect
US5543390A (en) * 1990-11-01 1996-08-06 State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education, Acting For And On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University Covalent microparticle-drug conjugates for biological targeting
US5256641A (en) 1990-11-01 1993-10-26 State Of Oregon Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for immunological targeting
US5149794A (en) * 1990-11-01 1992-09-22 State Of Oregon Covalent lipid-drug conjugates for drug targeting
US5827819A (en) * 1990-11-01 1998-10-27 Oregon Health Sciences University Covalent polar lipid conjugates with neurologically active compounds for targeting
US5543389A (en) * 1990-11-01 1996-08-06 State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University, A Non Profit Organization Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for use in salves
IL100502A (en) 1991-01-03 1995-12-08 Iaf Biochem Int Pharmaceutical compositions containing cis-4-amino-1(hydroxymethyl-1,3-oxathiolan-5-yl)-1H-pyrimid-2-one nucleoside or its derivatives
JPH04266880A (en) 1991-02-22 1992-09-22 Japan Tobacco Inc Production of 3-dpa-lactone
AU662130B2 (en) 1991-03-06 1995-08-24 Emory University Use of 5-fluoro-2'-deoxy-3'-thiacytidine for the treatment of hepatitis B
WO1992018517A1 (en) 1991-04-17 1992-10-29 Yale University Method of treating or preventing hepatitis b virus
US5157027A (en) * 1991-05-13 1992-10-20 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Bisphosphonate squalene synthetase inhibitors and method
WO1993000910A1 (en) 1991-07-12 1993-01-21 Vical, Inc. Antiviral liponucleosides: treatment of hepatitis b
JPH0525152A (en) * 1991-07-22 1993-02-02 Japan Tobacco Inc Production of 3-dpa-lactone
US5554728A (en) * 1991-07-23 1996-09-10 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid conjugates of therapeutic peptides and protease inhibitors
TW224053B (en) 1991-09-13 1994-05-21 Paul B Chretien
US5676942A (en) * 1992-02-10 1997-10-14 Interferon Sciences, Inc. Composition containing human alpha interferon species proteins and method for use thereof
DE4207363A1 (en) 1992-03-04 1993-09-09 Max Delbrueck Centrum ANTIVIRAL NUCLEOSIDE ANALOGS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL USE
US5401861A (en) * 1992-06-22 1995-03-28 Eli Lilly And Company Low temperature process for preparing alpha-anomer enriched 2-deoxy-2,2-difluoro-D-ribofuranosyl sulfonates
US5371210A (en) 1992-06-22 1994-12-06 Eli Lilly And Company Stereoselective fusion glycosylation process for preparing 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluoronucleosides and 2'-deoxy-2'-fluoronucleosides
US5256797A (en) 1992-06-22 1993-10-26 Eli Lilly And Company Process for separating 2-deoxy-2,2-difluoro-D-ribofuranosyl alkylsulfonate anomers
US5821357A (en) * 1992-06-22 1998-10-13 Eli Lilly And Company Stereoselective glycosylation process for preparing 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluoropurine and triazole nucleosides
US5606048A (en) * 1992-06-22 1997-02-25 Eli Lilly And Company Stereoselective glycosylation process for preparing 2'-Deoxy-2', 2'-difluoronucleosides and 2'-deoxy-2'-fluoronucleosides
WO1994001117A1 (en) 1992-07-02 1994-01-20 The Wellcome Foundation Limited Therapeutic nucleosides
DE4224737A1 (en) 1992-07-27 1994-02-03 Herbert Prof Dr Schott New cytosine analogues with lipophilic protected amino gps. - for treatment of cancer and virus diseases e.g. AIDS, are more protected against enzymatic des-amination and can be used in higher doses than unprotected cpds.
US5256924A (en) * 1992-08-10 1993-10-26 Allied-Signal Inc. Superconducting commutator for DC machines
HU214980B (en) 1992-09-01 1998-08-28 Eli Lilly And Co. A process for anomerizing nucleosides
US6423489B1 (en) 1992-09-10 2002-07-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of Hepatitis C virus-associated diseases
US6174868B1 (en) 1992-09-10 2001-01-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C virus-associated diseases
US6391542B1 (en) 1992-09-10 2002-05-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of Hepatitis C virus-associated diseases
US6433159B1 (en) 1992-09-10 2002-08-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of Hepatitis C virus associated diseases
NZ255578A (en) 1992-09-10 1996-11-26 Chemo Sero Therapeut Res Inst Antisense oligonucleotides complementary and hybridizable to a portion of hepatitis c virus and their use in treating hepatitis c virus associated diseases
JPH06135988A (en) 1992-10-22 1994-05-17 Toagosei Chem Ind Co Ltd Nucleotide derivative
GB9226729D0 (en) * 1992-12-22 1993-02-17 Wellcome Found Therapeutic combination
JPH06211890A (en) 1993-01-12 1994-08-02 Yamasa Shoyu Co Ltd 2'-deoxy-2'@(3754/24)s)-substituted alkylcytidine derivative
JPH06228186A (en) 1993-01-29 1994-08-16 Yamasa Shoyu Co Ltd 2'-deoxy-@(3754/24)2's)-alkylpyrimidine nucleoside derivative
ATE181557T1 (en) 1993-02-24 1999-07-15 Jui H Wang COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF APPLYING REACTIVE ANTIVIRAL POLYMERS
GB9307043D0 (en) * 1993-04-05 1993-05-26 Norsk Hydro As Chemical compounds
JP3312951B2 (en) 1993-04-08 2002-08-12 三菱化学株式会社 Olefin-based thermoplastic resin composition
EP0746319A4 (en) 1993-05-12 1997-11-05 Karl Y Hostetler Acyclovir derivatives for topical use
EP0773029A4 (en) 1993-07-19 1997-09-03 Tokyo Tanabe Co Hepatitis c virus proliferation inhibitor
US6156501A (en) 1993-10-26 2000-12-05 Affymetrix, Inc. Arrays of modified nucleic acid probes and methods of use
US5587362A (en) * 1994-01-28 1996-12-24 Univ. Of Ga Research Foundation L-nucleosides
US5908821A (en) 1994-05-11 1999-06-01 Procter & Gamble Company Dye transfer inhibiting compositions with specifically selected metallo catalysts
MX9700109A (en) 1994-07-01 1997-04-30 Pro Neuron Inc Pyrimidine nucleotide precursors for treatment of systemic inflammation and inflammatory hepatitis.
DE4432623A1 (en) 1994-09-14 1996-03-21 Huels Chemische Werke Ag Process for bleaching aqueous surfactant solutions
US5696277A (en) 1994-11-15 1997-12-09 Karl Y. Hostetler Antiviral prodrugs
EP0747389B1 (en) * 1994-12-13 2003-09-10 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 3'-substituted nucleoside derivatives
GB9505025D0 (en) 1995-03-13 1995-05-03 Medical Res Council Chemical compounds
JP3786447B2 (en) 1995-03-31 2006-06-14 エーザイ株式会社 Preventive and therapeutic agent for hepatitis C
DE19513330A1 (en) * 1995-04-03 1996-10-10 Schering Ag New process for the production of nucleosides
US5977061A (en) * 1995-04-21 1999-11-02 Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Of The Academy Of Sciences Of The Czech Republic N6 - substituted nucleotide analagues and their use
JPH0959292A (en) 1995-08-25 1997-03-04 Yamasa Shoyu Co Ltd Production of 4-aminopyrimidine nucleoside
BR9610120A (en) * 1995-09-07 1999-12-21 Univ Georgia Res Found Pharmaceutical composition and process to increase the half-life of a drug in an individual and to improve a pathological condition in a patient.
DE69635864T2 (en) 1995-09-27 2006-10-26 Emory University RECOMBINANT RNA REPLICASE OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS
US5908621A (en) * 1995-11-02 1999-06-01 Schering Corporation Polyethylene glycol modified interferon therapy
US5980884A (en) * 1996-02-05 1999-11-09 Amgen, Inc. Methods for retreatment of patients afflicted with Hepatitis C using consensus interferon
US5830905A (en) 1996-03-29 1998-11-03 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
US5633388A (en) 1996-03-29 1997-05-27 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
GB9609932D0 (en) * 1996-05-13 1996-07-17 Hoffmann La Roche Use of IL-12 and IFN alpha for the treatment of infectious diseases
US5891874A (en) 1996-06-05 1999-04-06 Eli Lilly And Company Anti-viral compound
JP3927630B2 (en) 1996-09-27 2007-06-13 エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 Preventive and therapeutic agents for viral infections
US5922757A (en) 1996-09-30 1999-07-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Treatment and prevention of hepatic disorders
EP0961775B1 (en) * 1996-10-16 2004-07-14 ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Purine l-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof
PT1132393E (en) * 1996-10-16 2003-08-29 Ribapharm Inc L-RIBAVIRIN AND USES OF THE SAME
EA001915B1 (en) 1996-10-18 2001-10-22 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
EP0948256A4 (en) * 1996-10-28 2007-10-24 Univ Washington Induction of viral mutation by incorporation of miscoding ribonucleoside analogs into viral rna
GB9623908D0 (en) 1996-11-18 1997-01-08 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
US6248878B1 (en) * 1996-12-24 2001-06-19 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside analogs
PL336579A1 (en) 1997-01-17 2000-07-03 Icn Pharmaceuticals Treatment of diseases associated with cytokinins
WO1998041522A1 (en) 1997-03-19 1998-09-24 Emory University Synthesis, anti-human immunodeficiency virus and anti-hepatitis b virus activities of 1,3-oxaselenolane nucleosides
JP3963488B2 (en) 1997-06-30 2007-08-22 メルツ ファーマ ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツンク ウント コンパニー コマンディゲゼルシャフト アウフ アクチェン 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane NMDA receptor antagonist
EP1012180B1 (en) 1997-08-11 2004-12-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogues
US6172046B1 (en) * 1997-09-21 2001-01-09 Schering Corporation Combination therapy for eradicating detectable HCV-RNA in patients having chronic Hepatitis C infection
EP0903148B1 (en) 1997-09-21 2001-10-10 Schering Corporation Combination therapy for eradicating detectable HCV-RNA in patients having chronic hepatitis C infection
US6472373B1 (en) * 1997-09-21 2002-10-29 Schering Corporation Combination therapy for eradicating detectable HCV-RNA in antiviral treatment naive patients having chronic hepatitis C infection
ES2236962T3 (en) 1997-10-30 2005-07-16 The Government Of The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services URIDINA ANTITUMOR ANALOGS.
BR9907882A (en) 1998-02-12 2000-10-17 Searle & Co Use of unsubstituted 1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-d-glucitol compounds for the treatment of hepatitis virus infections
WO1999043690A1 (en) 1998-02-25 1999-09-02 Rational Drug Design Laboratories L-4'-arabinofuranonucleoside compound and medicine composition comprising the same
DE69933860T2 (en) 1998-02-25 2007-05-31 Emory University 2'-FLUORONUKLEOSIDE
AU767599B2 (en) 1998-03-06 2003-11-20 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Novel prodrugs for phosphorus-containing compounds
KR100389853B1 (en) 1998-03-06 2003-08-19 삼성전자주식회사 Method for recording and reproducing catalog information
US6312662B1 (en) * 1998-03-06 2001-11-06 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Prodrugs phosphorus-containing compounds
GB9806815D0 (en) 1998-03-30 1998-05-27 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
TW466112B (en) 1998-04-14 2001-12-01 Lilly Co Eli Novel use of 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluorocytidine for immunosuppressive therapy and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
ATE216591T1 (en) 1998-05-15 2002-05-15 Schering Corp COMBINATION THERAPY CONTAINING RIBAVIRIN AND INTERFERON ALPHA IN PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC HEPATITIS C INFECTION WHO ARE NOT PREVIOUSLY TREATED WITH ANTIVIRALS
US6833361B2 (en) 1998-05-26 2004-12-21 Ribapharm, Inc. Nucleosides having bicyclic sugar moiety
BR9911076A (en) 1998-06-08 2001-02-20 Hoffmann La Roche Use of peg-ifn-alpha and ribavirin for the treatment of chronic hepatitis C
US6444652B1 (en) * 1998-08-10 2002-09-03 Novirio Pharmaceuticals Limited β-L-2'-deoxy-nucleosides for the treatment of hepatitis B
MXPA01001507A (en) * 1998-08-10 2003-09-10 Novirio Pharmaceuticals Ltd beta-L-2'-DEOXY-NUCLEOSIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B.
US6277830B1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2001-08-21 Schering Corporation 5′-amino acid esters of ribavirin and the use of same to treat hepatitis C with interferon
CA2252144A1 (en) 1998-10-16 2000-04-16 University Of Alberta Dual action anticancer prodrugs
EP1124565B1 (en) 1998-11-05 2006-03-29 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Azido derivatives of beta-l-2'-deoxy-nucleosides for the treatment of hiv infection
WO2000026225A2 (en) * 1998-11-05 2000-05-11 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Nucleosides with anti-hepatitis b virus activity
AU2157000A (en) 1998-12-18 2000-07-12 Schering Corporation Ribavirin-pegylated interferon alfa induction hcv combination therapy
EP1175425A2 (en) 1999-01-21 2002-01-30 The Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Inhibitors of intestinal apical membrane na/phosphate co-transportation
PL204458B1 (en) 1999-02-12 2010-01-29 Univ Cardiff Phosphoramidate, and mono-, di-, and tri-phosphate esters of (1r, cis)-4-(6-amino-9h-purin-9-yl)-2-cyclopentene-1-methanol as antiviral agents
JP2003505501A (en) 1999-02-12 2003-02-12 ジー・ディー・サール・アンド・カンパニー Glucamine compounds for the treatment of hepatitis virus infection
EP1155017B1 (en) 1999-02-22 2003-01-15 Shire Biochem Inc. [1,8] naphthyridine derivatives having antiviral activity
ES2272268T3 (en) 1999-03-05 2007-05-01 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. NEW PROFARMS THAT CONTAIN PHOSPHORUS.
US6831069B2 (en) 1999-08-27 2004-12-14 Ribapharm Inc. Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine nucleoside analogs
CA2348769A1 (en) 1999-09-01 2001-03-08 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Digital data copyright protection system
JP4979866B2 (en) 1999-09-08 2012-07-18 リガンド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Prodrug for drug delivery specific to the liver
WO2001032153A2 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-10 Shire Biochem Inc. Method for the treatment or prevention of flaviviridae viral infection using nucleoside analogues
US6965033B2 (en) 1999-12-22 2005-11-15 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Bisamidate phosphonate prodrugs
WO2001049700A1 (en) 1999-12-30 2001-07-12 Biochem Pharma Inc. Imidazopyrimidine nucleoside analogues with anti-hiv activity
EP1261339A1 (en) 2000-02-14 2002-12-04 Pharmacia Corporation Use of n-substituted-1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-d-glucitol compounds for treating hepatitis virus infections
US6495677B1 (en) 2000-02-15 2002-12-17 Kanda S. Ramasamy Nucleoside compounds
US6455508B1 (en) 2000-02-15 2002-09-24 Kanda S. Ramasamy Methods for treating diseases with tirazole and pyrrolo-pyrimidine ribofuranosyl nucleosides
US7056895B2 (en) 2000-02-15 2006-06-06 Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Tirazole nucleoside analogs and methods for using same
JP2003523978A (en) 2000-02-18 2003-08-12 シャイアー・バイオケム・インコーポレイテッド Methods for treating or preventing FLAVIVIRUS infection using nucleoside analogs
FR2806095A1 (en) 2000-03-10 2001-09-14 Gentech New polynucleotides for producing transgenic plants resistant to geminivirus infection comprising polynucleotides encoding proteins which interact with at least one of the products of the geminivirus genome
KR20100003313A (en) 2000-04-13 2010-01-07 파마셋 인코포레이티드 3'- or 2'-hydroxymethyl substituted nucleoside derivatives for treatment of hepatitis virus infections
EP1282632A1 (en) 2000-04-20 2003-02-12 Schering Corporation Ribavirin-interferon alfa combination therapy for eradicating detectable hcv-rna in patients having chronic hepatitis c infection
MY164523A (en) 2000-05-23 2017-12-29 Univ Degli Studi Cagliari Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
CN1315862C (en) * 2000-05-26 2007-05-16 艾登尼科斯(开曼)有限公司 Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses
US6787526B1 (en) * 2000-05-26 2004-09-07 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating hepatitis delta virus infection with β-L-2′-deoxy-nucleosides
ES2227203T3 (en) * 2000-05-26 2005-04-01 Idenix (Cayman) Limited METHODS TO TREAT INFECTION WITH THE DELTA HEPATITIS VIRUS WITH BETA-1-2'-DEOXINUCLEOSIDS.
MY141594A (en) 2000-06-15 2010-05-14 Novirio Pharmaceuticals Ltd 3'-PRODRUGS OF 2'-DEOXY-ß-L-NUCLEOSIDES
US6875751B2 (en) * 2000-06-15 2005-04-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3′-prodrugs of 2′-deoxy-β-L-nucleosides
US6815542B2 (en) 2000-06-16 2004-11-09 Ribapharm, Inc. Nucleoside compounds and uses thereof
CA2409778A1 (en) 2000-06-20 2001-12-27 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Secreted proteins
JP3629187B2 (en) * 2000-06-28 2005-03-16 株式会社東芝 ELECTRIC FUSE, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE HAVING THE ELECTRIC FUSE, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME
UA72612C2 (en) 2000-07-06 2005-03-15 Pyrido[2.3-d]pyrimidine and pyrimido[4.5-d]pyrimidine nucleoside analogues, prodrugs and method for inhibiting growth of neoplastic cells
US6316174B1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2001-11-13 Eastman Kodak Company Color negative film
US20030008841A1 (en) 2000-08-30 2003-01-09 Rene Devos Anti-HCV nucleoside derivatives
SV2003000617A (en) 2000-08-31 2003-01-13 Lilly Co Eli INHIBITORS OF PROTEASA PEPTIDOMIMETICA REF. X-14912M
EP1313752B1 (en) 2000-09-01 2011-04-20 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for synthesizing nucleoside derivatives
JP2004533805A (en) 2000-10-18 2004-11-11 フアーマセツト・リミテツド Multiplex quantification of nucleic acids in diseased cells
CA2426187C (en) 2000-10-18 2011-08-16 Pharmasset Limited Modified nucleosides for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
BR0114636A (en) 2000-10-18 2004-02-10 Schering Corp Pegylated interferon-alpha / ribavirin hcv combination therapy
AU2002232660A1 (en) 2000-12-15 2002-06-24 Pharmasset Ltd. Antiviral agents for treatment of flaviviridae infections
SK286630B6 (en) 2001-01-22 2009-02-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase, pharmaceutical composition containing said compounds and the use thereof
US7105499B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2006-09-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
US6927291B2 (en) 2001-03-01 2005-08-09 Pharmasset, Ltd. Method for the synthesis of 2′,3′-dideoxy-2′,3′-didehydronucleosides
GB0112617D0 (en) 2001-05-23 2001-07-18 Hoffmann La Roche Antiviral nucleoside derivatives
GB0114286D0 (en) 2001-06-12 2001-08-01 Hoffmann La Roche Nucleoside Derivatives
US6949522B2 (en) 2001-06-22 2005-09-27 Pharmasset, Inc. β-2′- or 3′-halonucleosides
WO2003024461A1 (en) 2001-09-20 2003-03-27 Schering Corporation Hcv combination therapy
US20030070752A1 (en) 2001-09-27 2003-04-17 Kevin Bergevin Method of manufacture for fluid handling barrier ribbon with polymeric tubes
JP2005504087A (en) 2001-09-28 2005-02-10 イデニクス(ケイマン)リミテツド Methods and compositions for the treatment of hepatitis C virus using 4 'modified nucleosides
JP2005536440A (en) 2001-09-28 2005-12-02 イデニクス(ケイマン)リミテツド Methods and compositions for the treatment of flaviviruses and pestiviruses using nucleosides modified at the 4 'position
WO2003039523A2 (en) 2001-11-05 2003-05-15 Exiqon A/S OLIGONUCLEOTIDES MODIFIED WITH NOVEL α-L-RNA ANALOGUES
BR0214944A (en) 2001-12-14 2005-06-07 Pharmasset Ltd N4-Acylcytosine Nucleosides for the Treatment of Viral Infections
WO2003051899A1 (en) 2001-12-17 2003-06-26 Ribapharm Inc. Deazapurine nucleoside libraries and compounds
US6965066B1 (en) 2002-01-16 2005-11-15 Actodyne General, Inc. Elongated string support for a stringed musical instrument
WO2003062256A1 (en) 2002-01-17 2003-07-31 Ribapharm Inc. 2'-beta-modified-6-substituted adenosine analogs and their use as antiviral agents
WO2003061385A1 (en) 2002-01-17 2003-07-31 Ribapharm Inc. Tricyclic nucleoside library compounds, synthesis, and use as antiviral agents
WO2003062255A2 (en) 2002-01-17 2003-07-31 Ribapharm Inc. Sugar modified nucleosides as viral replication inhibitors
CA2474563C (en) 2002-02-13 2010-11-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Methods of inhibiting orthopoxvirus replication with nucleoside compounds
JP2005522443A (en) 2002-02-14 2005-07-28 フアーマセツト・リミテツド Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
JP2005525358A (en) 2002-02-28 2005-08-25 ビオタ インコーポレーティッド Nucleotide mimetics and their prodrugs
AU2003214199A1 (en) 2002-03-18 2003-10-08 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Event-driven charge-coupled device design and applications therefor
US6968692B2 (en) * 2002-04-26 2005-11-29 Rolls-Royce Corporation Fuel premixing module for gas turbine engine combustor
US7247621B2 (en) 2002-04-30 2007-07-24 Valeant Research & Development Antiviral phosphonate compounds and methods therefor
RU2004135392A (en) 2002-05-06 2005-06-27 Дженелэбс Текнолоджиз, Инк. (Us) NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES FOR TREATING INFECTIONS CAUSED BY HEPATITIS C VIRUS
WO2003100017A2 (en) 2002-05-24 2003-12-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides having modified nucleoside units
WO2003099840A1 (en) 2002-05-24 2003-12-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides having modified nucleoside units
DE10226932A1 (en) 2002-06-17 2003-12-24 Bayer Ag Radiation-curing coating agents
CA2488842A1 (en) 2002-06-17 2003-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Carbocyclic nucleoside analogs as rna-antivirals
SE0201940D0 (en) 2002-06-20 2002-06-20 Astrazeneca Ab New combination II
AU2003269890A1 (en) 2002-06-21 2004-01-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
EP1572945A2 (en) 2002-06-27 2005-09-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
PL374792A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2005-10-31 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2' and 3'-nucleoside prodrugs for treating flaviviridae infections
CN1678326A (en) 2002-06-28 2005-10-05 埃迪尼克斯(开曼)有限公司 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
US7608600B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2009-10-27 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified 2′ and 3′-nucleoside prodrugs for treating Flaviviridae infections
NZ537662A (en) * 2002-06-28 2007-10-26 Idenix Cayman Ltd 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
TW200500374A (en) 2002-06-28 2005-01-01 Idenlx Cayman Ltd 2' and 3' -nucleoside produrgs for treating flavivridae infections
US20040003476A1 (en) * 2002-07-08 2004-01-08 Albert Bierria Portable power driven scarifying tool for pipe ends
CA2490666A1 (en) 2002-07-16 2004-01-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
AU2003256619A1 (en) 2002-07-24 2004-02-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine thionucleoside analogs as antivirals
US20040067877A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-04-08 Schinazi Raymond F. 2', 3'-Dideoxynucleoside analogues for the treatment or prevention of Flaviviridae infections
JP4085742B2 (en) * 2002-08-22 2008-05-14 株式会社ニコン Lens barrel and camera system provided with the lens barrel
AU2003261659A1 (en) 2002-09-16 2004-04-30 Kyeong Ho Kim Decoration band
US7094768B2 (en) 2002-09-30 2006-08-22 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Nucleoside derivatives for treating hepatitis C virus infection
US7425547B2 (en) 2002-09-30 2008-09-16 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Nucleoside derivatives for treating hepatitis C virus infection
US20040229840A1 (en) 2002-10-29 2004-11-18 Balkrishen Bhat Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
WO2004041203A2 (en) 2002-11-04 2004-05-21 Xenoport, Inc. Gemcitabine prodrugs, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
WO2004043978A2 (en) 2002-11-05 2004-05-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-methoxy substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations
AU2003290596B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2011-05-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation
CA2506129C (en) 2002-11-15 2015-02-17 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2'-branched nucleosides and flaviviridae mutation
TWI332507B (en) * 2002-11-19 2010-11-01 Hoffmann La Roche Antiviral nucleoside derivatives
EP2319853B1 (en) 2002-12-12 2014-03-12 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for the production of 2'-branched nucleosides
KR20050110611A (en) 2002-12-23 2005-11-23 이데닉스 (케이만) 리미티드 Process for the production of 3'-nucleoside prodrugs
US7799908B2 (en) 2003-01-15 2010-09-21 Valeant Pharmaceuticals North America Synthesis and use of 2′-substituted-N6 -modified nucleosides
AR043006A1 (en) 2003-02-12 2005-07-13 Merck & Co Inc PROCESS TO PREPARE RAMIFIED RIBONUCLEOSIDS
AU2003225705A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-09-30 Ribapharm Inc. Cytidine analogs and methods of use
EP1745573A4 (en) 2003-03-20 2010-05-26 Microbiol Quimica Farmaceutica Methods of manufacture of 2 -deoxy- beta-l-nucleosides
MXPA05010419A (en) 2003-03-28 2006-05-31 Pharmasset Inc Compounds for the treatment of flaviviridae infections.
US7452901B2 (en) 2003-04-25 2008-11-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Anti-cancer phosphonate analogs
US7595390B2 (en) 2003-04-28 2009-09-29 Novartis Ag Industrially scalable nucleoside synthesis
US20040259934A1 (en) 2003-05-01 2004-12-23 Olsen David B. Inhibiting Coronaviridae viral replication and treating Coronaviridae viral infection with nucleoside compounds
WO2005020884A2 (en) 2003-05-14 2005-03-10 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Nucleosides for treatment of infection by corona viruses, toga viruses and picorna viruses
US20040229839A1 (en) 2003-05-14 2004-11-18 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of RNA viral polymerases
WO2005020885A2 (en) 2003-05-21 2005-03-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars)
WO2004106356A1 (en) 2003-05-27 2004-12-09 Syddansk Universitet Functionalized nucleotide derivatives
SI2604620T1 (en) 2003-05-30 2016-10-28 Gilead Pharmasset LLC c/o Gilead Sciences, Inc. Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
WO2005000864A1 (en) 2003-06-19 2005-01-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Processes for preparing 4’azido nucleoside derivatives
GB0317009D0 (en) 2003-07-21 2003-08-27 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
EP1660526A1 (en) 2003-08-29 2006-05-31 The Nottingham Trent University Gastric and prostate cancer associated antigens
AU2004275770A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-04-07 Acidophil Llc Small molecule compositions and methods for increasing drug efficiency using compositions thereof
US7144868B2 (en) 2003-10-27 2006-12-05 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections
US20050137141A1 (en) 2003-10-24 2005-06-23 John Hilfinger Prodrug composition
EP1680436A1 (en) 2003-10-27 2006-07-19 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections
AU2004295291A1 (en) 2003-10-27 2005-06-16 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections
US6908824B2 (en) * 2003-11-06 2005-06-21 Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. Self-aligned lateral heterojunction bipolar transistor
JP2005302670A (en) 2004-04-16 2005-10-27 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Electronic device
WO2006016930A2 (en) 2004-05-14 2006-02-16 Intermune, Inc. Methods for treating hcv infection
EP1758453B1 (en) 2004-06-15 2014-07-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. C-purine nucleoside analogs as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2006002231A1 (en) 2004-06-22 2006-01-05 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aza nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of rna viral polymerases
CA2571675A1 (en) 2004-06-23 2006-01-05 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 5-aza-7-deazapurine derivatives for treating infections with flaviviridae
US20070265222A1 (en) 2004-06-24 2007-11-15 Maccoss Malcolm Nucleoside Aryl Phosphoramidates for the Treatment of Rna-Dependent Rna Viral Infection
CN101023094B (en) 2004-07-21 2011-05-18 法莫赛特股份有限公司 Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-d-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
NZ552927A (en) 2004-07-21 2010-05-28 Pharmasset Inc Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-D-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
DE602005015466D1 (en) 2004-08-23 2009-08-27 Hoffmann La Roche ANTIVIRAL 4'-AZIDONUCLEOSIDE
BRPI0515896A (en) 2004-09-24 2008-08-12 Idenix Cayman Ltd E Ct Nat De a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, a method for treating or prophylaxis a host infected with a flavivirus, pestivirus or hepacivirus infection, and a pharmaceutical composition for treating a host infected with a flavivirus, pestivirus or hepacivirus
MX2007003853A (en) 2004-10-06 2007-11-21 Migenix Inc Combination anti-viral compositions comprising castanospermine and methods of use.
WO2006065335A2 (en) 2004-10-21 2006-06-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Fluorinated pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine nucleosides for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection
WO2006121468A1 (en) 2004-11-22 2006-11-16 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. 5-nitro-nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections
EP1828217A2 (en) 2004-12-16 2007-09-05 Febit Biotech GmbH Polymerase-independent analysis of the sequence of polynucleotides
US20060194835A1 (en) 2005-02-09 2006-08-31 Migenix Inc. Compositions and methods for treating or preventing flaviviridae infections
EP1898934A1 (en) 2005-03-09 2008-03-19 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Nucleosides with non-natural bases as anti-viral agents
US8163744B2 (en) 2005-03-18 2012-04-24 Nexuspharma, Inc. Tetrahydro-isoquinolin-1-ones for the treatment of cancer
DE102005012681A1 (en) 2005-03-18 2006-09-21 Weber, Lutz, Dr. New 1,5-dihydro-pyrrol-2-one compounds are HDM2 inhibitors, useful for treating e.g. stroke, heart infarct, ischemia, multiple sclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, degenerative disease, viral infection and cancer
GT200600119A (en) 2005-03-24 2006-10-25 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
TW200720285A (en) 2005-04-25 2007-06-01 Genelabs Tech Inc Nucleoside compounds for treating viral infections
WO2006121820A1 (en) 2005-05-05 2006-11-16 Valeant Research & Development Phosphoramidate prodrugs for treatment of viral infection
CA2608709A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2006-12-07 Novartis Ag Treatment of liver diseases in which iron plays a role in pathogenesis
WO2007011777A2 (en) 2005-07-18 2007-01-25 Novartis Ag Small animal model for hcv replication
BRPI0615157A2 (en) 2005-08-12 2016-09-13 Merck & Co Inc compound, pharmaceutical composition, methods for inhibiting viral replication in a human patient, and for treating a viral infection in a human patient, and use of a compound
AR057096A1 (en) 2005-08-26 2007-11-14 Chancellors Masters And Schola PROCESS TO PREPARE SACARINIC ACIDS AND LACTONS
EP1957510A1 (en) 2005-12-09 2008-08-20 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antiviral nucleosides
CA2634749C (en) 2005-12-23 2014-08-19 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for preparing a synthetic intermediate for preparation of branched nucleosides
CA2637879A1 (en) 2006-02-14 2007-08-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside aryl phosphoramidates for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection
US7951789B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2011-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
US7964580B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2011-06-21 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
CN101784557A (en) 2007-05-14 2010-07-21 Rfs制药公司 The azido purine nucleosides that is used for the treatment of virus infection
GB0718575D0 (en) 2007-09-24 2007-10-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of viral polymerases
US20090318380A1 (en) 2007-11-20 2009-12-24 Pharmasset, Inc. 2',4'-substituted nucleosides as antiviral agents
KR101681559B1 (en) 2008-04-23 2016-12-01 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 1'-substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
ES2458358T3 (en) 2008-07-02 2014-05-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
GB0815968D0 (en) 2008-09-03 2008-10-08 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Antiviral agents
GB0900914D0 (en) 2009-01-20 2009-03-04 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Antiviral agents
US7973013B2 (en) 2009-09-21 2011-07-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 2'-fluoro substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
US8680071B2 (en) 2010-04-01 2014-03-25 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
TW201701876A (en) 2010-12-20 2017-01-16 吉李德科學股份有限公司 Methods for treating HCV
JP2014514295A (en) 2011-03-31 2014-06-19 アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
US9150603B2 (en) 2011-04-13 2015-10-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2′-cyano substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof useful for the treatment of viral diseases
WO2012142085A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2'-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
WO2012142075A1 (en) * 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2'-azido substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
RU2013125713A (en) 2011-05-19 2015-06-27 Рфс Фарма, Ллк PURINMONOPHOSPHATE MEDICINES FOR TREATING VIRAL INFECTIONS
EP2755983B1 (en) 2011-09-12 2017-03-15 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC. Substituted carbonyloxymethylphosphoramidate compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
WO2013056046A1 (en) 2011-10-14 2013-04-18 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 3',5'-cyclic phosphates of purine nucleotide compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
US9109001B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2015-08-18 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3′,5′-cyclic phosphoramidate prodrugs for HCV infection
EP2852603B1 (en) 2012-05-22 2021-05-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC D-amino acid compounds for liver disease
US9296778B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2016-03-29 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrugs for HCV infection
EP2900682A1 (en) 2012-09-27 2015-08-05 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Esters and malonates of sate prodrugs
SG11201502750UA (en) 2012-10-08 2015-06-29 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc 2'-chloro nucleoside analogs for hcv infection
US9457039B2 (en) 2012-10-17 2016-10-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2′-disubstituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
US9242988B2 (en) 2012-10-17 2016-01-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2′-cyano substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
AR092959A1 (en) 2012-10-17 2015-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme DERIVATIVES OF NUCLEOSIDS 2-METHYL SUBSTITUTED AND METHODS OF USE OF THE SAME FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL DISEASES
US20140112886A1 (en) 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dinucleotide compounds for hcv infection
WO2014066239A1 (en) 2012-10-22 2014-05-01 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2',4'-bridged nucleosides for hcv infection
US20140140951A1 (en) 2012-11-14 2014-05-22 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-Alanine Ester of Rp-Nucleoside Analog
WO2014078436A1 (en) 2012-11-14 2014-05-22 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-alanine ester of sp-nucleoside analog
WO2014099941A1 (en) 2012-12-19 2014-06-26 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4'-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
WO2014137930A1 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-09-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Thiophosphate nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
US20140271547A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2'-cyano, azido and amino nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
US9187515B2 (en) 2013-04-01 2015-11-17 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 2′,4′-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
WO2014197578A1 (en) 2013-06-05 2014-12-11 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1',4'-thio nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
EP3010512B1 (en) 2013-06-18 2017-12-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Cyclic phosphonate substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
EP3027636B1 (en) 2013-08-01 2022-01-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2001092282A3 (en) 2002-05-02
US20180235993A1 (en) 2018-08-23
JP2013079257A (en) 2013-05-02
AR032883A1 (en) 2003-12-03
EP1736478B1 (en) 2015-07-22
NO20025600L (en) 2003-01-17
NZ536570A (en) 2006-08-31
PE20020051A1 (en) 2002-02-16
CZ20024225A3 (en) 2003-10-15
US20040063622A1 (en) 2004-04-01
US7148206B2 (en) 2006-12-12
CN101099745A (en) 2008-01-09
NO20025600D0 (en) 2002-11-21
EA007867B1 (en) 2007-02-27
CZ301182B6 (en) 2009-12-02
CA2410579A1 (en) 2001-12-06
US20030060400A1 (en) 2003-03-27
WO2001092282A2 (en) 2001-12-06
US6812219B2 (en) 2004-11-02
JP2004510698A (en) 2004-04-08
AP2006003708A0 (en) 2006-08-31
YU92202A (en) 2006-01-16
TW200425898A (en) 2004-12-01
US7163929B2 (en) 2007-01-16
AU2007202602A1 (en) 2007-07-19
JP5230052B2 (en) 2013-07-10
US20130310336A1 (en) 2013-11-21
NO327249B1 (en) 2009-05-18
PL359169A1 (en) 2004-08-23
KR20030036189A (en) 2003-05-09
BR0111196A (en) 2004-04-06
EP1294735A2 (en) 2003-03-26
IL153020A0 (en) 2003-06-24
ZA200404307B (en) 2008-04-30
US8343937B2 (en) 2013-01-01
US7101861B2 (en) 2006-09-05
KR20080021797A (en) 2008-03-07
NZ547204A (en) 2008-01-31
EP1736478A1 (en) 2006-12-27
AP2002002705A0 (en) 2002-12-31
EA200601591A1 (en) 2007-02-27
AP1727A (en) 2007-03-06
US20040102414A1 (en) 2004-05-27
EA200201262A1 (en) 2003-08-28
US20070037773A1 (en) 2007-02-15
CN1315862C (en) 2007-05-16
MA26916A1 (en) 2004-12-20
US9968628B2 (en) 2018-05-15
CN1468249A (en) 2004-01-14
MXPA02011691A (en) 2004-05-17
ZA200210112B (en) 2004-06-23
CA2410579C (en) 2010-04-20
US7105493B2 (en) 2006-09-12
US20040097462A1 (en) 2004-05-20
US20130315863A1 (en) 2013-11-28
OA12382A (en) 2006-04-17
US20060166865A1 (en) 2006-07-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1736478B1 (en) Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses
US20040006002A1 (en) Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses using 4'-modified nucleoside
US20080280850A1 (en) Methods and Compositions for Treating Flaviviruses, Pestiviruses and Hepacivirus
CA2910995A1 (en) Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
EP1912643A2 (en) 5-aza-7-deazapurine derivatives for treating infections with flaviviridae
WO2004096197A2 (en) 5-aza-7-deazapurine nucleosides for treating flaviviridae
MX2007003039A (en) Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses, pestiviruses and hepacivirus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MK5 Application lapsed section 142(2)(e) - patent request and compl. specification not accepted